【#范文大全# #高三数学复习课件集合#】以下是趣祝福为大家整理的“高三数学复习课件”类，希望能帮助您，仅供参考。教案课件是老师在上课前准备的重要材料，通常都会经过认真设计和负责任的态度。教案的质量直接影响到教学效果的高低。
一、内容分析说明
1、本小节内容是初中学习的多项式乘法的继续，它所研究的二项式的乘方的展开式，与数学的其他部分有密切的联系：
(1)二项展开式与多项式乘法有联系，本小节复习可对多项式的变形起到复习深化作用。
(2)二项式定理与概率理论中的二项分布有内在联系，利用二项式定理可得到一些组合数的恒等式，因此，本小节复习可加深知识间纵横联系，形成知识网络。
(3)二项式定理是解决某些整除性、近似计算等问题的一种方法。
2、高考中二项式定理的试题几乎年年有，多数试题的难度与课本习题相当，是容易题和中等难度的
试题，考察的题型稳定，通常以选择题或填空题出现，有时也与应用题结合在一起求某些数、式的
近似值。
二、学校情况与学生分析
(1)我校是一所镇普通高中，学生的基础不好，记忆力较差，反应速度慢，普遍感到数学难学。但大部分学生想考大学，主观上有学好数学的愿望。
(2)授课班是政治、地理班，学生听课积极性不高，听课率低(60﹪)，注意力不能持久，不能连续从事某项数学活动。课堂上喜欢轻松诙谐的气氛，大部分能机械的模仿，部分学生好记笔记。
三、教学目标
复习课二项式定理计划安排两个课时，本课是第一课时，主要复习二项展开式和通项。根据历年高考对这部分的考查情况，结合学生的特点，设定如下教学目标：
1、知识目标：(1)理解并掌握二项式定理，从项数、指数、系数、通项几个特征熟记它的展开式。
(2)会运用展开式的通项公式求展开式的特定项。
2、能力目标：(1)教给学生怎样记忆数学公式，如何提高记忆的持久性和准确性，从而优化记忆品质。记忆力是一般数学能力，是其它能力的基础。
(2)树立由一般到特殊的解决问题的意识，了解解决问题时运用的数学思想方法。
3、情感目标：通过对二项式定理的复习，使学生感觉到能掌握数学的部分内容，树立学好数学的信心。有意识地让学生演练一些历年高考试题，使学生体验到成功，在明年的高考中，他们也能得分。
四、教学过程
1、知识归纳
(1)创设情景：①同学们，还记得吗? 、 、 展开式是什么?
②学生一起回忆、老师板书。
设计意图：①提出比较容易的问题，吸引学生的注意力，组织教学。
②为学生能回忆起二项式定理作铺垫：激活记忆，引起联想。
; (2)二项式定理：①设问 展开式是什么?待学生思考后，老师板书
= C an+C an-1b1+…+C an-rbr+…+C bn(n∈N_)
一、教学目标
1、知识与技能
(1)理解对数的概念，了解对数与指数的关系;
(2)能够进行指数式与对数式的互化;
(3)理解对数的性质，掌握以上知识并培养类比、分析、归纳能力;
2、过程与方法
3、情感态度与价值观
(1)通过本节的学习体验数学的严谨性，培养细心观察、认真分析
分析、严谨认真的良好思维习惯和不断探求新知识的精神;
(2)感知从具体到抽象、从特殊到一般、从感性到理性认知过程;
(3)体验数学的科学功能、符号功能和工具功能，培养直觉观察、
探索发现、科学论证的良好的数学思维品质、
二、教学重点、难点
教学重点
(1)对数的'定义;
(2)指数式与对数式的互化;
教学难点
(1)对数概念的理解;
(2)对数性质的理解;
三、教学过程：
四、归纳总结：
1、对数的概念
一般地，如果函数ax=n(a0且a≠1)那么数x叫做以a为底n的对数，记作x=logan，其中a叫做对数的底数，n叫做真数。
2、对数与指数的互化
ab=n?logan=b
3、对数的基本性质
负数和零没有对数;loga1=0;logaa=1对数恒等式：alogan=n;logaa=nn
五、课后作业
课后练习1、2、3、4
教学准备
教学目标
数列求和的综合应用
教学重难点
数列求和的综合应用
教学过程
典例分析
3.数列{an}的前n项和Sn=n2-7n-8,
(1)求{an}的通项公式
(2)求{|an|}的前n项和Tn
4.等差数列{an}的公差为,S100=145，则a1+a3+a5+…+a99=
5.已知方程(x2-2x+m)(x2-2x+n)=0的四个根组成一个首项为的等差数列，则|m-n|=
6.数列{an}是等差数列，且a1=2,a1+a2+a3=12
(1)求{an}的通项公式
(2)令bn=anxn,求数列{bn}前n项和公式
7.四数中前三个数成等比数列，后三个数成等差数列，首末两项之和为21，中间两项之和为18，求此四个数
8.在等差数列{an}中，a1=20，前n项和为Sn，且S10=S15，求当n为何值时，Sn有值，并求出它的值
.已知数列{an}，an∈NXX，Sn=(an+2)2
(1)求证{an}是等差数列
(2)若bn=an-30,求数列{bn}前n项的最小值
0.已知f(x)=x2-2(n+1)x+n2+5n-7(n∈NXX)
(1)设f(x)的图象的顶点的横坐标构成数列{an}，求证数列{an}是等差数列
(2设f(x)的图象的顶点到x轴的距离构成数列{dn}，求数列{dn}的前n项和sn.
11.购买一件售价为5000元的商品，采用分期付款的办法，每期付款数相同，购买后1个月第1次付款，再过1个月第2次付款，如此下去，共付款5次后还清，如果按月利率0.8%，每月利息按复利计算(上月利息要计入下月本金)，那么每期应付款多少?(精确到1元)
12.某商品在最近100天内的价格f(t)与时间t的
函数关系式是f(t)=
销售量g(t)与时间t的函数关系是
g(t)=-t/3+109/3(0≤t≤100)
求这种商品的日销售额的值
注：对于分段函数型的应用题，应注意对变量x的取值区间的讨论;求函数的值，应分别求出函数在各段中的值，通过比较，确定值
一、教学内容分析
本小节是普通高中课程标准实验教科书数学5(必修)第三章第3小节,主要内容是利用平面区域体现二元一次不等式(组)的解集;借助图解法解决在线性约束条件下的二元线性目标函数的最值与解问题;运用线性规划知识解决一些简单的实际问题(如资源利用,人力调配,生产安排等)。突出体现了优化思想，与数形结合的思想。本小节是利用数学知识解决实际问题的典例,它体现了数学源于生活而用于生活的特性。
二、学生学习情况分析
本小节内容建立在学生学习了一元不等式(组)及其应用、直线与方程的基础之上，学生对于将实际问题转化为数学问题,数形结合思想有所了解.但从数学知识上看学生对于涉及多个已知数据、多个字母变量，多个不等关系的知识接触尚少，从数学方法上看，学生对于图解法还缺少认识，对数形结合的思想方法的掌握还需时日，而这些都将成为学生学习中的难点。
三、设计思想
以问题为载体，以学生为主体，以探究归纳为主要手段，以问题解决为目的，以多媒体为重要工具，激发学生的动手、观察、思考、猜想探究的兴趣。注重引导学生充分体验“从实际问题到数学问题”的数学建模过程，体会“从具体到一般”的抽象思维过程，从“特殊到一般”的探究新知的过程;提高学生应用“数形结合”的思想方法解题的能力;培养学生的分析问题、解决问题的能力。
四、教学目标
1、知识与技能:了解二元一次不等式(组)的概念,掌握用平面区域刻画二元一次
不等式(组)的方法;了解线性规划的意义，了解线性约束条件、线性目标函数、
可行解、可行域和解等概念;理解线性规划问题的图解法;会利用图解法
求线性目标函数的最值与相应解;
2、过程与方法:从实际问题中抽象出简单的线性规划问题,提高学生的数学建模能力;
在探究的过程中让学生体验到数学活动中充满着探索与创造，培养学生的数据分析能力、
化归能力、探索能力、合情推理能力;
3、情态与价值:在应用图解法解题的过程中,培养学生的化归能力与运用数形结合思想的能力;体会线性规划的基本思想，培养学生的数学应用意识;体验数学来源于生活而服务于生活的特性.
五、教学重点和难点
重点:从实际问题中抽象出二元一次不等式(组),用平面区域刻画二元一次不等式组
的解集及用图解法解简单的二元线性规划问题;
难点:二元一次不等式所表示的平面区域的探究,从实际情境中抽象出数学问题的过
程探究,简单的二元线性规划问题的图解法的探究.
六、教学基本流程
第一课时,利用生动的情景激起学生求知的欲望,从中抽象出数学问题,引出二元一次不等式(组)的基本概念,并为线性规划问题的引出埋下伏笔.通过学生的自主探究,分类讨论,大胆猜想,细心求证,得出二元一次不等式所表示的平面区域,从而突破本小节的第一个难点;通过例1、例2的讨论与求解引导学生归纳出画二元一次不等式(组)所表示的平面区域的具体解答步骤(直线定界,特殊点定域);最后通过练习加以巩固。
第二课时,重现引例,在学生的回顾、探讨中解决引例中的可用方案问题,并由此归纳总结出从实际问题中抽象出数学问题的基本过程:理清数据关系(列表)→设立决策变量→建立数学关系式→画出平面区域.让学生对例3、例4进行分析与讨论进一步完善这一过程,突破本小节的第二个难点。
第三课时,设计情景,借助前两个课时所学,设立决策变量,画出平面区域并引出新的问题,从中引出线性规划的相关概念,并让学生思考探究,利用特殊值进行猜测,找到方案;再引导学生对目标函数进行变形转化,利用直线的图象对上述问题进行几何探究,把最值问题转化为截距问题,通过几何方法对引例做出完美的解答;回顾整个探究过程,让学生在讨论中达成共识,总结出简单线性规划问题的图解法的基本步骤.通过例5的展示让学生从动态的角度感受图解法.最后再现情景1,并对之作出完美的解答。
第四课时,给出新的引例,让学生体会到线性规划问题的普遍性.让学生讨论分析,对引例给出解答,并综合前三个课时的教学内容,连缀成线,总结出简单线性规划的应用性问题的一般解答步骤,通过例6,例7的分析与展示进一步完善这一过程.总结线性规划的应用性问题的几种类型,让学生更深入的体会到优化理论,更好的认识到数学来源于生活而运用于生活的特点。
七、教学过程设计
【简单复合函数的导数】
【高考要求】：简单复合函数的导数(B).
【学习目标】：1.了解复合函数的概念，理解复合函数的求导法则，能求简单的复合函数(仅限于形如f(ax+b))的导数.
2.会用复合函数的导数研究函数图像或曲线的特征.
3.会用复合函数的导数研究函数的单调性、极值、最值.
【知识复习与自学质疑】
1.复合函数的求导法则是什么?
2.(1)若，则________.(2)若，则_____.(3)若，则___________.(4)若，则___________.
3.函数在区间_____________________________上是增函数,在区间__________________________上是减函数.
4.函数的单调性是_________________________________________.
5.函数的极大值是___________.
6.函数的值,最小值分别是______,_________.
【例题精讲】
1.求下列函数的导数(1);(2).
2.已知曲线在点处的切线与曲线在点处的切线相同,求的值.
【矫正反馈】
1.与曲线在点处的切线垂直的一条直线是___________________.
2.函数的极大值点是_______,极小值点是__________.
(不好解)3.设曲线在点处的切线斜率为,若,则函数的周期是____________.
4.已知曲线在点处的切线与曲线在点处的切线互相垂直,为原点,且,则的面积为______________.
5.曲线上的点到直线的最短距离是___________.
【迁移应用】
1.设,,若存在,使得,求的取值范围.
2.已知,,若对任意都有,试求的取值范围.
【概率统计复习】
一、知识梳理
1.三种抽样方法的联系与区别：
类别共同点不同点相互联系适用范围
简单随机抽样都是等概率抽样从总体中逐个抽取总体中个体比较少
系统抽样将总体均匀分成若干部分;按事先确定的规则在各部分抽取在起始部分采用简单随机抽样总体中个体比较多
分层抽样将总体分成若干层，按个体个数的比例抽取在各层抽样时采用简单随机抽样或系统抽样总体中个体有明显差异
(1)从含有N个个体的总体中抽取n个个体的样本，每个个体被抽到的概率为
(2)系统抽样的步骤：①将总体中的个体随机编号;②将编号分段;③在第1段中用简单随机抽样确定起始的个体编号;④按照事先研究的规则抽取样本.
(3)分层抽样的步骤：①分层;②按比例确定每层抽取个体的个数;③各层抽样;④汇合成样本.
(4)要懂得从图表中提取有用信息
如：在频率分布直方图中①小矩形的面积=组距=频率②众数是矩形的中点的横坐标③中位数的左边与右边的直方图的面积相等，可以由此估计中位数的值
2.方差和标准差都是刻画数据波动大小的数字特征，一般地，设一组样本数据，，…，，其平均数为则方差，标准差
3.古典概型的概率公式：如果一次试验中可能出现的结果有个，而且所有结果都是等可能的，如果事件包含个结果，那么事件的概率P=
特别提醒：古典概型的两个共同特点：
○1，即试中有可能出现的基本事件只有有限个，即样本空间Ω中的元素个数是有限的;
○2，即每个基本事件出现的可能性相等。
4.几何概型的概率公式：P(A)=
特别提醒：几何概型的特点：试验的结果是无限不可数的;○2每个结果出现的可能性相等。
二、夯实基础
(1)某单位有职工160名，其中业务人员120名，管理人员16名，后勤人员24名.为了解职工的某种情况，要从中抽取一个容量为20的样本.若用分层抽样的方法，抽取的业务人员、管理人员、后勤人员的人数应分别为____________.
(2)某赛季，甲、乙两名篮球运动员都参加了
11场比赛，他们所有比赛得分的情况用如图2所示的茎叶图表示，
则甲、乙两名运动员得分的中位数分别为()
A.19、13B.13、19C.20、18D.18、20
(3)统计某校1000名学生的数学会考成绩，
得到样本频率分布直方图如右图示，规定不低于60分为
及格，不低于80分为优秀，则及格人数是;
优秀率为。
(4)在一次歌手大奖赛上，七位评委为歌手打出的分数如下：
9.48.49.49.99.69.49.7
去掉一个分和一个最低分后，所剩数据的平均值
和方差分别为()
A.9.4,0.484B.9.4,0.016C.9.5,0.04D.9.5,0.016
(5)将一颗骰子先后抛掷2次，观察向上的点数，则以第一次向上点数为横坐标x，第二次向上的点数为纵坐标y的点(x,y)在圆x2+y2=27的内部的概率________.
(6)在长为12cm的线段AB上任取一点M，并且以线段AM为边的正方形，则这正方形的面积介于36cm2与81cm2之间的概率为()
三、高考链接
07、某班50名学生在一次百米测试中，成绩全部介于13秒与19秒之间，将测试结果按如下方式分成六组：第一组，成绩大于等于13秒且小于14秒;第二组，成绩大于等于14秒且小于15秒
;第六组，成绩大于等于18秒且小于等于19秒.右图
是按上述分组方法得到的频率分布直方图.设成绩小于17秒
的学生人数占全班总人数的百分比为，成绩大于等于15秒
且小于17秒的学生人数为，则从频率分布直方图中可分析
出和分别为()
08、从某项综合能力测试中抽取100人的成绩，统计如表，则这100人成绩的标准差为()
分数54321
人数2010303010
09、在区间上随机取一个数x，的值介于0到之间的概率为().
08、现有8名奥运会志愿者，其中志愿者通晓日语，通晓俄语，通晓韩语.从中选出通晓日语、俄语和韩语的志愿者各1名，组成一个小组.
(Ⅰ)求被选中的概率;(Ⅱ)求和不全被选中的概率.
【核心考点算法初步复习】
1.(2011年天津)阅读图11的程序框图，运行相应的程序，则输出i的值为()
A.3B.4C.5D.6
2.(2011年全国)执行图12的程序框图，如果输入的N是6，那么输出的p是()
A.120B.720C.1440D.5040
3.执行如图13的程序框图，则输出的n=()
A.6B.5C.8D.7
4.(2011年湖南)若执行如图14所示的框图，输入x1=1，x2=2，x3=3，x-=2，则输出的数等于________.
5.(2011年浙江)若某程序图如图15所示，则该程序运行后输出的k值为________.
6.(2011年淮南模拟)某程序框图如图16所示，现输入如下四个函数，则可以输出的函数是()
A.f(x)=x2B.f(x)=1x
C.f(x)=exD.f(x)=sinx
7.运行如下程序：当输入168,72时，输出的结果是()
INPUTm，n
DO
r=mMODn
m=n
n=r
LOOPUNTILr=0
PRINTm
END
A.168B.72C.36D.24
8.在图17程序框图中，输入f1(x)=xex，则输出的函数表达式是________________.
9.(2011年安徽合肥模拟)如图18所示，输出的为()
A.10B.11C.12D.13
10.(2011年广东珠海模拟)阅读图19的算法框图，输出结果的值为()
A.1B.3C.12D.32
排列问题的应用题是学生学习的难点，也是高考的必考内容,笔者在教学中尝试将排列问题归纳为三种类型来解决：
下面就每一种题型结合例题总结其特点和解法，并附以近年的高考原题供读者参研.
一. 能排不能排排列问题(即特殊元素在特殊位置上有特别要求的排列问题)
解决此类问题的关键是特殊元素或特殊位置优先.或使用间接法.
例1.(1)7位同学站成一排，其中甲站在中间的位置，共有多少种不同的排法?
(2)7位同学站成一排，甲、乙只能站在两端的排法共有多少种?
(3)7位同学站成一排，甲、乙不能站在排头和排尾的排法共有多少种?
(4)7位同学站成一排，其中甲不能在排头、乙不能站排尾的排法共有多少种?
解析:(1)先考虑甲站在中间有1种方法，再在余下的6个位置排另外6位同学，共 种方法;
(2)先考虑甲、乙站在两端的排法有 种，再在余下的5个位置排另外5位同学的排法有 种，共 种方法;
(3) 先考虑在除两端外的5个位置选2个安排甲、乙有 种，再在余下的5个位置排另外5位同学排法有 种，共 种方法;本题也可考虑特殊位置优先,即两端的排法有 ,中间5个位置有 种，共 种方法;
(4)分两类乙站在排头和乙不站在排头，乙站在排头的排法共有 种，乙不站在排头的排法总数为：先在除甲、乙外的5人中选1人安排在排头的方法有 种，中间5个位置选1个安排乙的方法有 ，再在余下的5个位置排另外5位同学的排法有 ，故共有 种方法;本题也可考虑间接法，总排法为 ，不符合条件的甲在排头和乙站排尾的排法均为 ，但这两种情况均包含了甲在排头和乙站排尾的情况，故共有 种.
例2.某天课表共六节课，要排政治、语文、数学、物理、化学、体育共六门课程，如果第一节不排体育，最后一节不排数学，共有多少种不同的排课方法?
解法1：对特殊元素数学和体育进行分类解决
(1)数学、体育均不排在第一节和第六节，有 种，其他有 种，共有 种;
(2)数学排在第一节、体育排在第六节有一种，其他有 种，共有 种;
(3)数学排在第一节、体育不在第六节有 种，其他有 种，共有 种;
(4)数学不排在第一节、体育排在第六节有 种，其他有 种，共有 种;
所以符合条件的排法共有 种
解法2：对特殊位置第一节和第六节进行分类解决
(1)第一节和第六节均不排数学、体育有 种，其他有 种，共有 种;
(2)第一节排数学、第六节排体育有一种，其他有 种，共有 种;
(3)第一节排数学、第六节不排体育有 种，其他有 种，共有 种;
(4)第一节不排数学、第六节排体育有 种，其他有 种，共有 种;
所以符合条件的排法共有 种.
解法3：本题也可采用间接排除法解决
不考虑任何限制条件共有 种排法，不符合题目要求的排法有：(1)数学排在第六节有 种;(2)体育排在第一节有 种;考虑到这两种情况均包含了数学排在第六节和体育排在第一节的情况 种所以符合条件的排法共有 种
附：1、(20xx北京卷)五个工程队承建某项工程的五个不同的子项目，每个工程队承建1项，其中甲工程队不能承建1号子项目，则不同的承建方案共有( )
(A) 种 (B) 种 (C) 种 (D) 种
解析：本题在解答时将五个不同的子项目理解为5个位置，五个工程队相当于5个不同的元素，这时问题可归结为能排不能排排列问题(即特殊元素在特殊位置上有特别要求的排列问题)，先排甲工程队有 ，其它4个元素在4个位置上的排法为 种，总方案为 种.故选(B).
2、(20xx全国卷Ⅱ)在由数字0，1，2，3，4，5所组成的没有重复数字的四位数中，不能被5整除的数共有 个.
解析：本题在解答时只须考虑个位和千位这两个特殊位置的限制，个位为1、2、3、4中的某一个有4种方法，千位在余下的4个非0数中选择也有4种方法，十位和百位方法数为 种，故方法总数为 种.
3、(20xx福建卷)从6人中选出4人分别到巴黎、伦敦、悉尼、莫斯科四个城市游览，要求每个城市有一人游览，每人只游览一个城市，且这6人中甲、乙两人不去巴黎游览，则不同的选择方案共有 ( )
A.300种 B.240种 C.144种 D.96种
解析：本题在解答时只须考虑巴黎这个特殊位置的要求有4种方法，其他3个城市的排法看作标有这3个城市的3个签在5个位置(5个人)中的排列有 种，故方法总数为 种.故选(B).
上述问题归结为能排不能排排列问题，从特殊元素和特殊位置入手解决,抓住了问题的本质，使问题清晰明了，解决起来顺畅自然.
二.相邻不相邻排列问题(即某两或某些元素不能相邻的排列问题)
相邻排列问题一般采用大元素法,即将相邻的元素捆绑作为一个元素，再与其他元素进行排列，解答时注意释放大元素，也叫捆绑法.不相邻排列问题(即某两或某些元素不能相邻的排列问题)一般采用插空法.
例3. 7位同学站成一排，
(1)甲、乙和丙三同学必须相邻的排法共有多少种?
(2)甲、乙和丙三名同学都不能相邻的排法共有多少种?
(3)甲、乙两同学间恰好间隔2人的排法共有多少种?
解析：(1)第一步、将甲、乙和丙三人捆绑成一个大元素与另外4人的排列为 种，
第二步、释放大元素，即甲、乙和丙在捆绑成的大元素内的排法有 种，所以共 种;
(2)第一步、先排除甲、乙和丙之外4人共 种方法，第二步、甲、乙和丙三人排在4人排好后产生的5个空挡中的任何3个都符合要求，排法有 种，所以共有 种;(3)先排甲、乙，有 种排法，甲、乙两人中间插入的2人是从其余5人中选，有 种排法，将已经排好的4人当作一个大元素作为新人参加下一轮4人组的排列，有 种排法，所以总的排法共有 种.
附：1、(20xx辽宁卷)用1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8组成没有重复数字的八位数，要求1和2相邻，3与4相邻，5与6相邻，而7与8不相邻，这样的八位数共有 个.(用数字作答)
解析：第一步、将1和2捆绑成一个大元素，3和4捆绑成一个大元素，5和6捆绑成一个大元素，第二步、排列这三个大元素，第三步、在这三个大元素排好后产生的4个空挡中的任何2个排列7和8，第四步、释放每个大元素(即大元素内的每个小元素在捆绑成的大元素内部排列)，所以共有 个数.
2、 (20xx. 重庆理)某校高三年级举行一次演讲赛共有10位同学参赛，其中一班有3位，
二班有2位，其它班有5位，若采用抽签的方式确定他们的演讲顺序，则一班有3位同学恰
好被排在一起(指演讲序号相连)，而二班的2位同学没有被排在一起的概率为 ( )
A. B. C. D.
解析：符合要求的基本事件(排法)共有：第一步、将一班的3位同学捆绑成一个大元素，第二步、这个大元素与其它班的5位同学共6个元素的全排列，第三步、在这个大元素与其它班的5位同学共6个元素的全排列排好后产生的7个空挡中排列二班的2位同学，第四步、释放一班的3位同学捆绑成的大元素，所以共有 个;而基本事件总数为 个，所以符合条件的概率为 .故选( B ).
3、(20xx京春理)某班新年联欢会原定的5个节目已排成节目单，开演前又增加了两个新节目.如果将这两个节目插入原节目单中，那么不同插法的种数为( )
A.42 B.30 C.20 D.12
解析：分两类：增加的两个新节目不相邻和相邻，两个新节目不相邻采用插空法，在5个节目产生的6个空挡排列共有 种，将两个新节目捆绑作为一个元素叉入5个节目产生的6个空挡中的一个位置，再释放两个新节目 捆绑成的大元素，共有 种，再将两类方法数相加得42种方法.故选( A ).
三.机会均等排列问题(即某两或某些元素按特定的方式或顺序排列的排列问题)
解决机会均等排列问题通常是先对所有元素进行全排列,再借助等可能转化，即乘以符合要求的某两(或某些)元素按特定的方式或顺序排列的排法占它们(某两(或某些)元素)全排列的比例，称为等机率法或将特定顺序的排列问题理解为组合问题加以解决.
例4、 7位同学站成一排.
(1)甲必须站在乙的左边?
(2)甲、乙和丙三个同学由左到右排列?
解析：(1)7位同学站成一排总的排法共 种,包括甲、乙在内的7位同学排队只有甲站在乙的左边和甲站在乙的右边两类，它们的机会是均等的，故满足要求的排法为 ，本题也可将特定顺序的排列问题理解为组合问题加以解决，即先在7个位置中选出2个位置安排甲、乙, 由于甲在乙的左边共有 种，再将其余5人在余下的5个位置排列有 种，得排法数为 种;
(2)参见(1)的分析得 (或 ).
扩展阅读
1、既有又有的量叫做向量。用有向线段表示向量时，有向线段的长度表示向量的，有向线段的箭头所指的方向表示向量的
3、的向量叫做平行向量，因为任一组平行向量都可以平移到同一条直线上，所以平行向量也叫做。零向量与任一向量平行
如果e1、e2是同一个平面内的两个不共线向量，那么对于这一平面内的任一向量a，有且只有一对实数λ1,λ2，使a=λ1e1+λ2e2 ,其中e1，e2叫基底
设是上的 两点，P是上_________的任意一点，则存在实数，使_______________，则为点P分有向线段所成的比，同时，称P为有向线段的定比分点
(1)设两个非零向量a和b，作OA=a，OB=b，则∠AOB=θ叫a与b的夹角，其范围是，|b|cosθ叫b在a上的投影
(2)|a||b|cosθ叫a与b的数量积，记作a·b，即 a·b=|a||b|cosθ
1、给出下列命题：①若|a|=|b|，则a=b;②若A，B，C，D是不共线的四点，则AB= DC是四边形ABCD为平行四边形的充要条件;③若a=b,b=c，则a=c;④a=b的充要条件是|a|=|b|且a∥b;⑤若a∥b,b∥c，则a∥c
2、已知a,b方向相同，且|a|=3，|b|=7，则|2a-b|=____
3、若将向量a=(2，1)绕原点按逆时针方向旋转 得到向量b，则向量b的坐标为_____
5、若向量a=(1,1),b=(1,-1),c=(-1,2)，则c=( )
、函数y=x2的图象按向量a=(2,1)平移后得到的图象的函数表达式为( )
(A)y=(x-2)2-1 (B)y=(x+2)2-1 (C)y=(x-2)2+1 (D)y=(x+2)2+1
7、平面直角坐标系中，O为坐标原点，已知两点A(3，1)，B(-1，3)，若点C满足OC=αOA+βOB，其中a、β∈R，且α+β=1,则点C的轨迹方程为( )
(A)3x+2y-11=0 (B)(x-1)2+(y-2)2=5
8、设P、Q是四边形ABCD对角线AC、BD中点，BC=a,DA=b，则 PQ=_________
9、已知A(5,-1) B(-1,7) C(1,2)，求△ABC中∠A平分线长
10、若向量a、b的坐标满足a+b=(-2,-1),a-b=(4,-3)，则a·b等于( )
11、若a、b、c是非零的平面向量，其中任意两个向量都不共线，则( )
(A)(a)2·(b)2=(a·b)2 (B)|a+b|>|a-b|
(C)(a·b)·c-(b·c)·a与b垂直 (D)(a·b)·c-(b·c)·a=0
12、设a=(1,0),b=(1,1)，且(a+λb)⊥b，则实数λ的值是( )
16、利用向量证明：△ABC中，M为BC的中点，则 AB2+AC2=2(AM2+MB2)
17、在三角形ABC中， =(2，3)， =(1，k)，且三角形ABC的一个内角为直角，求实数k的值
18、已知△ABC中，A(2,-1)，B(3,2)，C(-3,-1)，BC边上的高为AD，求点D和向量
教学目标
1.掌握等比数列前项和公式，并能运用公式解决简单的问题.
（1）理解公式的推导过程，体会转化的思想；
（2）用方程的思想认识等比数列前项和公式，利用公式知三求一；与通项公式结合知三求二；
2.通过公式的灵活运用，进一步渗透方程的思想、分类讨论的思想、等价转化的思想.
3.通过公式推导的教学，对学生进行思维的严谨性的训练，培养他们实事求是的科学态度.
教学建议
教材分析
（1）知识结构
先用错位相减法推出等比数列前项和公式，而后运用公式解决一些问题，并将通项公式与前项和公式结合解决问题，还要用错位相减法求一些数列的前项和.
（2）重点、难点分析
教学重点、难点是等比数列前项和公式的推导与应用.公式的推导中蕴含了丰富的数学思想、方法（如分类讨论思想，错位相减法等），这些思想方法在其他数列求和问题中多有涉及，所以对等比数列前项和公式的要求，不单是要记住公式，更重要的是掌握推导公式的方法.等比数列前项和公式是分情况讨论的，在运用中要特别注意和两种情况.
教学建议
（1）本节内容分为两课时，一节为等比数列前项和公式的推导与应用，一节为通项公式与前项和公式的综合运用，另外应补充一节数列求和问题.
（2）等比数列前项和公式的推导是重点内容，引导学生观察实例，发现规律，归纳总结，证明结论.
（3）等比数列前项和公式的推导的其他方法可以给出，提高学生学习的兴趣.
（4）编拟例题时要全面，不要忽略的情况.
（5）通项公式与前项和公式的综合运用涉及五个量，已知其中三个量可求另两个量，但解指数方程难度大.
（6）补充可以化为等差数列、等比数列的数列求和问题.
教学设计示例
课题：等比数列前项和的公式
教学目标
（1）通过教学使学生掌握等比数列前项和公式的推导过程，并能初步运用这一方法求一些数列的前项和.
（2）通过公式的推导过程，培养学生猜想、分析、综合能力，提高学生的数学素质.
（3）通过教学进一步渗透从特殊到一般，再从一般到特殊的辩证观点，培养学生严谨的学习态度.
教学重点，难点
教学重点是公式的推导及运用，难点是公式推导的思路.
教学用具
幻灯片，课件，电脑.
教学方法
引导发现法.
教学过程
一、新课引入：
（问题见教材第129页）提出问题：（幻灯片）
二、新课讲解：
记，式中有64项，后项与前项的比为公比2，当每一项都乘以2后，中间有62项是对应相等的，作差可以相互抵消.
（板书）即，①
，②
②－①得即.
由此对于一般的等比数列，其前项和，如何化简？
（板书）等比数列前项和公式
仿照公比为2的等比数列求和方法，等式两边应同乘以等比数列的公比，即
（板书）③两端同乘以，得
④，
③－④得⑤，（提问学生如何处理，适时提醒学生注意的取值）
当时，由③可得（不必导出④，但当时设想不到）
当时，由⑤得.
于是
反思推导求和公式的方法——错位相减法，可以求形如的数列的和，其中为等差数列，为等比数列.
（板书）例题：求和：.
设，其中为等差数列，为等比数列，公比为，利用错位相减法求和.
解：，
两端同乘以，得，
两式相减得
于是.
说明：错位相减法实际上是把一个数列求和问题转化为等比数列求和的问题.
公式其它应用问题注意对公比的分类讨论即可.
三、小结：
1.等比数列前项和公式推导中蕴含的思想方法以及公式的应用；
2.用错位相减法求一些数列的前项和.
四、作业：略
专题八当今世界经济的全球化趋势
通史概要：
当今世界经济发展有两个明显的趋势：一是世界经济区域集团化，二是世界经济全球化。世界经济区域集团化是最终实现经济全球化的重要步骤和途径，经济全球化则是区域经济集团化的最终归宿。
世界经济区域集团化是生产力高度发展的必然产物，是生产国家化、国际分工向纵深发展需要加强合作的结果，也是世界经济竞争激烈的表现。它产生的原因有：现代科技的发展、国际间经济竞争和客观上存在的分工。区域集团化的发展分为三个阶段：第一阶段为五六十年代，世界经济集团化的趋势主要出现在欧洲，如欧洲煤炭共同体的出现。第二阶段为六七十年代，区域集团化成为一种世界经济现象。欧洲区域集团化趋势进一步发展，如欧共体的建立；一些发展中国家的地区性经济集团也纷纷出现，如东盟的出现。第三阶段为80年代至今，区域集团化掀起新的浪潮，进入了较高层次的经济一体化时期，出现了欧盟、北美自由贸易区和亚太经合组织三大区域经济集团。
世界经济全球化是世界生产力发展的要求和结果，是不以人的意志为转移的历史趋势。它突出的表现在国际贸易、国际投资、国际金融和跨国公司的发展。经济全球化的过程中的问题是：在经济全球化的过程中，不可避免地把资本主义固有的矛盾扩展到全球，造成南北矛盾、贫富分化、环境问题、能源危机、全球性的经济金融危机、恐怖组织活动猖獗等等，直接影响到人类的生存与发展。
我国在当今世界经济发展趋势中，作为发展中国家，应该如何面对机遇和挑战，成了新时期经济发展人们共同关心的话题。从中国加入亚太经合组织、加入世界贸易组织，加强同东盟的联系的史实中，我们的态度是：在坚持独立自主、自力更生的前提下，拥有“双赢”的思维，抱着开放的心态，加强国际的合作与交流，参与国际竞争，抓住机遇，接受挑战，在国际的竞争和合作中，提高我国的经济发展水平，跟随世界发展的潮流。概括而言，就是辩证地看待世界经济发展趋势这一经济现象，树立正确的.发展观。
课标要求：以欧洲联盟、北美自由贸易区及亚太经济合作组织为例，认识当今世界经济区域集团化发展趋势。
教学目标：
(1)知识与能力：分析第二次世界大战后西欧经济进入“黄金时代”的原因；简述欧洲国家从“欧共体”走向欧盟的历程,认识欧洲联盟成立对世界经济和政治格局的影响。
概述欧元产生的影响，培养多角度、多层次理解问题的能力。
(2)过程与方法：通过讨论西欧经济在二战后进入“黄金时代”的共同原因，进一步思考中国的社会主义建设应如何借鉴其合理的方法与正确的经验，学习用联系的方法看待问题，提高理论指导实践的能力；通过分组学习，搜集“欧共体”及“欧盟”成立的资料，了解整个欧洲走向联合的过程，认识当今世界经济区域集团化发展趋势。
(3)情感、态度与价值观：通过对欧洲走向联合这段历史的学习，认识当今国际社会国家间团结协作的重要性，树立国际意识；通过对欧洲走向联合的史实的归纳，得出一个别国家或地区怎样才能快速发展的一般规律；并结合我国的实际，进一步探讨一下我们可以借鉴哪些做法，从而树立为我国社会主义现代化建设而奋斗的责任感。
教学建议：
1、本课共有三个方面的内容，“西欧经济的'黄金时代'”主要讲述：二战后的20世纪50年代到60年代，西欧各国经济在恢复的基础上，进入调整增长期,被称为西欧经济的“黄金时代”；“从'欧共体到'欧洲联盟'”主要是欧洲从经济一体化到政治一体化的发展趋势；“货币王国的世界公民”主要以欧元的流通为例，进一步表明欧洲走向联合的趋势。
2、西欧经济高速发展的共同原因：第一，西欧各国进行社会改革和政策调整。进行社会改革，例如：推行福利制度，适当改善人民的生活条件，缓和社会矛盾，稳定社会秩序；进行政策调整，如：将一些私人垄断企业国有化，并建立有关国计民生的重要工业部门。这些政策的推行，促进了西欧经济的稳定持续高速发展，从而出现前所未有的繁荣。第二，马歇尔计划的实施，解决了西欧战后经济发展的启动资金，西欧重工业在短时期内完成了新的装备，并有能力购买足够的工业原料。第三，战后西欧广泛使用第三次科技革命的成果，并对产业部门进行了改造，使劳动生产率大大提高，从而有力地推动了经济的高速发展。
3、伴随着欧洲经济合作的成功，欧洲经济不断的恢复，要求在国际上发挥更重要的作用。因而要加强在政治领域的合作成为欧洲各国的一致要求。面对二战结束后以美苏为首的两极争霸的冷战格局，欧洲各国迫切要求组成一个更加强大的团体来维护自己的利益。于是在政治领域的合作很快便实施开来。
4、为进一步加强欧洲共同体之间的经济合作与交流，减少共同体内部成员国存在的贸易壁垒，用统一的货币在欧共体各国之间流通，实现经济的联合，从而进一步加强欧洲各国之间的政治合作。
课标要求：以欧洲联盟、北美自由贸易区及亚太经济合作组织为例，认识当今世界经济区域集团化发展趋势。
教学目标：
(1)知识与能力：了解东盟的发展历程，说说中国与东盟的交往情况；分析北美自由贸易区建立的原因和影响，比较北美自由贸易区与欧盟的异同；概述亚太经济合作组织建立的过程，探讨亚太国家加强合作的途径与方式。
(2)过程与方法：通过搜集中国与东盟交往的材料，了解东盟日益扩大及其影响；用列表等方式比较北美自由贸易区与欧盟的异同，学习用比较的方法认识历史问题；通过上网等途径搜集中国参加APEC会议的资料，多渠道去了解和认识APEC建立的史实及影响。
(3)情感、态度与价值观：通过对东盟、北美自由贸易区和亚太经合组织等区域经济一体化进程的学习和了解，体会当今世界国家间加强合作、竞争与发展的重要性，树立合作与竞争的意识。
重点难点：
重点：通过了解欧洲联盟、北美自由贸易区及亚太经济合作组织，认识当今世界经济区域集团化发展趋势。
教学建议：
1、在经济全球化的进程中，亚太地区的经济集团化也在不断深入发展。世界三大区域性经济集团有两个分别在该地区。这一地区成为当今世界上经济发展最活跃地区。课文分别以“东盟”、“北美自由贸易区”和“亚太经全组织”三个经济区域集团为例，介绍了当今世界经济区域集团化发展趋势。每个集团内部有着自身的规则的同时也不断与其它区域集团相联系，从而使世界经济形成了密不可分的一个整体。
2、东南亚国家联盟自1967成立以来，已经历时近三分之一世纪。东盟在维护和促进各成员国相互间的政治和经济合作,实现地区和平稳定,加快成员国经济增长,提高成员国人民生活水平等方面都取得了显著成绩。尤其是在国际政治方面，极大地增强了东盟的国际地位。东盟在由四大洲国家组成的APEC中具有举足轻重的政治地位，又是由亚欧两大洲主要国家参加的亚欧会议的倡议者和发起者,在东亚乃至亚洲政治舞台上成为使日本、中国和印度等大国瞠乎其后的主角。
3、日本经济的崛起，特别是欧洲经济一体化实施的外在压力，美国、加拿大和墨西哥3国发展各自经济的内在动力，是北美自由贸易区成立的根本原因。美、加、墨3国又是山水相连的邻邦；语言文字、价值观念、风俗习惯等又颇相似；经济互补性强；相互贸易基础良好，美、加、墨3国具有实行经济一体化的必要性，又具有实行经济一体化的可能性。美国认为要取得世界经济的主导地位，只有建立以自己为中心经济区域集团，才能在经济全球化大潮中立于不败之地。
4、二十世纪七十年代后，亚太地区，特别是东亚各国和地区的对外开放经济政策和经济迅速发展为亚太区域经济合作创造了条件。东亚地区经济的发展，国际收支条件的改善，缓解亚太地区南北之间的矛盾，为亚太经济合作创造了条件。欧共体统一市场和美加自由贸易区的建立，刺激了亚太向区域经济合作的方向发展。亚太经合组织的主要活动,为各成员提供区域经济,科技,贸易和发展等方面多边合作的机会,交流各成员在这些领域内的经验,促进本区域的共同发展.它从产生、发展及运作模式均区别于欧盟和NAFTA，有自身的特点，这些特点适应了APEC各成员国经济发展的状况和经济运行模式。
课标要求：
(1)以“布雷顿森林体系”建立为例，认识第二次世界大战后以美国为主导的资本主义世界经济体系的形成。
(2)了解世界贸易组织(WTO)的由来和发展，认识它在世界经济全球化进程中的作用。了解中国参加世界贸易组织(WTO)的史实，认识其影响和作用。
(3)了解经济全球化的发展趋势，探讨经济全球化进程中的问题。
教学目标：
(1)知识与能力：了解“布雷顿森林体系”建立的基本史实，分析其影响；简述世界贸易组织(WTO)的由来和发展，认识它在世界经济全球化进程中的作用；了解中国参加世界贸易组织(WTO)的史实，认识其影响和作用；概述经济全球化的发展趋势，探讨经济全球化进程中的问题。
(2)过程与方法：阅读课文和查找中国加入世贸组织谈判的历程等，了解“从GATT到WTO”的过程，围绕世界贸易组织建立的必要性并对中国加入WTO的利与弊等问题展开讨论；开展课堂讨论或辩论：经济全球化对本地区的影响是利大于弊还是弊大于利?如何解决经济全球化出现的问题?从多角度去分析历史问题。
(3)情感、态度与价值观：通过了解经济全球化与中国加入世界贸易组织带来的机遇与挑战，树立面向世界、积极参与国际合作与竞争、促进世界和平与发展的信念和为我国社会主义现代化建设而奋斗的责任感；通过了解经济区域集团化与世界经济全球化之间的相互关系，认识现实生活中合作
(1)理解并掌握弧度制的定义;(2)领会弧度制定义的合理性;(3)掌握并运用弧度制表示的弧长公式、扇形面积公式;(4)熟练地进行角度制与弧度制的换算;(5)角的集合与实数集 之间建立的一一对应关系.(6) 使学生通过弧度制的学习，理解并认识到角度制与弧度制都是对角度量的方法，二者是辨证统一的，而不是孤立、割裂的关系.
创设情境,引入弧度制度量角的大小,通过探究理解并掌握弧度制的定义,领会定义的合理性.根据弧度制的定义推导并运用弧长公式和扇形面积公式.以具体的实例学习角度制与弧度制的互化,能正确使用计算器.
通过本节的学习，使同学们掌握另一种度量角的单位制---弧度制，理解并认识到角度制与弧度制都是对角度量的方法，二者是辨证统一的，而不是孤立、割裂的关系.角的概念推广以后,在弧度制下,角的集合与实数集 之间建立了一一对应关系:即每一个角都有唯一的一个实数(即这个角的弧度数)与它对应;反过来，每一个实数也都有唯一的一个角(即弧度数等于这个实数的角)与它对应，为下一节学习三角函数做好准备.
重点: 理解并掌握弧度制定义;熟练地进行角度制与弧度制地互化换算;弧度制的运用.
师：有人问：海口到三亚有多远时，有人回答约250公里，但也有人回答约160英里，请问那一种回答是正确的?(已知1英里=1.6公里)
显然，两种回答都是正确的，但为什么会有不同的数值呢?那是因为所采用的度量制不同，一个是公里制，一个是英里制.他们的长度单位是不同的，但是，他们之间可以换算：1英里=1.6公里.
在角度的度量里面，也有类似的情况，一个是角度制，我们已经不再陌生,另外一个就是我们这节课要研究的角的另外一种度量制---弧度制.
1.角度制规定：将一个圆周分成360份，每一份叫做1度，故一周等于360度，平角等于180度，直角等于90度等等.
弧度制是什么呢?1弧度是什么意思?一周是多少弧度?半周呢?直角等于多少弧度?弧度制与角度制之间如何换算?请看课本，自行解决上述问题.
长度等于半径长的圆弧所对的圆心角叫做1弧度角，记作1，或1弧度，或1(单位可以省略不写).
(师生共同活动)探究:如图,半径为的圆的圆心与原点重合,角的终边与轴的正半轴重合,交圆于点,终边与圆交于点.请完成表格.
我们知道，角有正负零角之分，它的弧度数也应该有正负零之分，如-π，-2π等等，一般地, 正角的弧度数是一个正数，负角的弧度数是一个负数，零角的弧度数是0,角的正负主要由角的旋转方向来决定.
角的概念推广以后,在弧度制下,角的集合与实数集R之间建立了一一对应关系:即每一个角都有唯一的一个实数(即这个角的弧度数)与它对应;反过来，每一个实数也都有唯一的一个角(即弧度数等于这个实数的角)与它对应.
度数与弧度数的换算也可借助“计算器”《中学数学用表》进行;在具体运算时，“弧度”二字和单位符号“rad”可以省略 如：3表示3rad sinp表示prad角的正弦应确立如下的概念：角的概念推广之后，无论用角度制还是弧度制都能在角的集合与实数的集合之间建立一种一一对应的关系。
度数与弧度数的换算也可借助“计算器”《中学数学用表》进行;在具体运算时，“弧度”二字和单位符号“rad”可以省略 如：3表示3rad sinp表示prad角的正弦应确立如下的概念：角的概念推广之后，无论用角度制还是弧度制都能在角的集合与实数的集合之间建立一种一一对应的关系。
每位老师都需要教案课件，因此老师最好认真撰写完善的教案。教案是创造课堂情境教学的关键途径。希望这篇"高三英语复习课件"能为您的教学和学习提供指引，同时也希望大家喜欢本文！
近几年的NMET的阅读理解考项中总有一些考题要测试考生根据上下文和构词法知识猜 出生词词义或旧词具有新意的能力。例如：
1. Which of the following words can take the place of the word “career” in the first paragraph ? (92)
2. The word “he” in the last sentence refers to ______.[NMET92 80]
3. The word “yielded” in the last sentence means _______. [NMET93 73]
4. The underlined phrase “make out” in the first paragraph means ______. [NMET94 70]
5. The underlined words “geothermal energy” in the third paragraph mean ___. [NMET94 78]
6. The underlined word “family” in the second paragraph means _____. [NMET95 71]
7. The underlined word “they” in the last sentence of the first paragraph refers to ____ [NMET96 59]
8. The underlined word “leg” in “Bicycle tour and race” probably means _____. [NMET96 68]
9. The underlined phrase “figure out” in the text means _____. [NMET97 54]
10. The underlined word “one” refers to _____. [NMET97 68]
11. “Act your age” means people should _____. [NMET97 69]
12. The words “Youth Summit” refer to ______. [NMET98 55]
13. When the writer says “Dick Spivak is just an ordinary man”, he means _____. [NMET98 58]
14. What did Cory Luxmoore mean when he said “I'm on high”? [NMET99 55]
15. The underlined word “it” in the second paragraph refers to the idea that Computertowns (99)
16.“Professional work” used in the text means _______. [NMET99 69]
17. Which of the following can be used in place of “Quite the reverse”?[NMET 61]
18. Spundels and ballalators are used in the text to refer to _________.[NMET2000 65]
由此可见，高考对考生推测词义的能力是非常重视的。这就要求我们在阅读时要通过上下文交代的内容做出合乎逻辑的推理。在必要时，做些语法分析，通过词与词的关系，确定其词性；有时根据常识和生活经验或构词法知识，完全可以对那些从未见过的生词的词义做出正确的推测。
一般说来，这种题型的题干部分总含有mean, refer to的字样。做这种题时，特别要注意的是，对于那些我们熟悉的词千万不要妄自、草率下结论，一定要结合上下文判断它在文中的意思。例如95年的71题：The underlined word “family” in the second paragraph means _____.
A. home B. children C. wife and husband D. wife and children
“family”是我们很熟悉的词了，意为“家庭”，但以这个意思理解family的话，我们就无法选择答案了。但是，如果我们结合上下文“The baker, with his wife and family, was able to get out through a window in the roof.”就很容易看出family其实指的是“children子女”，所以答案应该是B。
因此，考生不仅要知道常用词的意思，更要知道其灵活变化的意思。 在阅读理解测试中，常见的考查这种技能的题型有：
1． The word “...” in line ... most nearly means _____.
2． The word “...” in line ... probably means _____.
3． In line ..., the word “...” refers to _____.
4． In line ..., the word “...” could best be replaced by which of the following?
5． The word “...” as used in line ... in this passage means _____.
6． The word “...” as used in line ... is closest in meaning to ____.
7． In line ..., “...” could properly be replaced by ____.
8． By “...”, the author means _____.
In America, where labor costs are so high, “do-it-yourself” is a way of life. Many people repair their own cars, build their own garages, even remodel their own houses. Soon they may also be writing their own books. In Hollywood there is a company that publishes children's books with the help of computers. Although other book companies also publish that way, this particular company is very unusual.It “personalizes” the books by having computer make the reader the leading character in the story. Here is how they do it. Let us say your child is named Jenny. She lives on Oak Drive in St. Louis, has a dog named Spot, a cat named Tabby, and three playmates whose names are Betsy, Sandy, and Jody. The computer uses this information to fill out a story that has already been prepared and illustrated（配上插图）. The story is then printed with standard equipment as a hard- cover book. A child who receives such a book might say, “This book is about me.” Therefore the company calls itself the “Me- Books Publishing Company”. Children like the me- books because they like to see in print their own names and the namesof their friends and pets. But more important, “personalization” had been found to be an important tool in developing enthusiasm for reading.
Question: Here “fill out a story” means ______.
A. complete a story B. make full a story
C. tell a story D. invent a story
We walked in so quietly that the nurse at the desk didn't even lift her eyes from the book. Mum pointed at a big chair by the door and I knew she wanted me to sit down. While I watched mouth open is surprise, Mum took off her hat and coat and gave them to me to hold. She walked quietly to the small room by the lift and took out a wet mop. She pushed the mop past the desk and as the nurse looked up, Mum nodded and said, “Very dirty floors. ”
“Yes, I'm glad they've finally decided to clean them, ”the nurse answered. She looked at Mum strangely and said, “But aren't you working late?”
Mum just pushed harder, each swipe(拖一下)of the mop taking her farther and farther down the
hall. I watched until she was out of sight and the nurse had turned back to writing in the big book.
After a long time Mum came back. Her eyes were shining. She quickly put the mop back and took
my hand. As we turned to go out of the door, Mum bowed politely to the nurse and said, “Thank you.”
Outside, Mum told me, “Dagmar is fine. No fever. ”
“You saw her, Mum?”
“Of course. I told her about the hospital rules, and she will not expect us until tomorrow. Dad will
stop worrying as well. It's a fine hospital. But such floors! A mop is no good. You need a brush.”
51. When she took a mop from the small room what Mum really wanted to do was .
A. to clean the floor B. to please the nurse
B. to see a patient D. to surprise the story-teller
52. When the nurse talked to Mum she thought Mum was a .
53. After reading the story what can we infer about the hospital?
A. It is a children's hospital.
B. It has strict rules about visiting hours.
C. The conditions there aren't very good.
D. The nurses and doctors there don't work hard.
54. From the text we know that Dagmar is most likely
A. the story-teller's sister B. Mum's friend
C. the story-teller's classmate D. Dad's boss
55. Which of the following words best describes Mum?
When you want to see if a library has the book you want, you can use the catalogue(目录)in the
library. Most catalogues of books in a library take the form of small cards kept in boxes. One way of arranging(排列)the cards is in ABC order by the family names of the writers.
Catalogue cards usually give the following important information:(1)the name of the writer, (2)the
shelf-mark(架号), that is, the Dewey number which helps people to find where the books are, (3)the title of the book, (4)the year of publication and the publisher, and (5) the number of pages in the book.
56. If you know the title of a book and want to find out if it is in the catalogue, what else do you need to
know?
A. The shelf-mark. B. The name of the writer.
C. The Dewey number. D. The year of publication.
57. Which of the following is the kind of catalogue card described in the text?
Most animals have little connection with animals of a different kind, unless they hunt them for
food. Sometimes, however, two kinds of animals come together in a partnership(伙伴关系)which does good to both of them. You may have noticed some birds sitting on the backs of sheep. This is not because they want a ride, but because they find easy food in the parasites (寄生虫)on sheep. The sheep allow the birds to do so because they remove the cause of discomfort. So although they can manage without each other, they do better together.
Sometimes an animal has a plant partner. The relationship develops until the two partners cannot
manage without each other. This is so in the corals(珊瑚)of the sea. In their skins they have tiny plants which act as “dustman”, taking some of the waste products from the corals and giving in return oxygen which the animal needs to breathe. If the plants are killed, or are even prevented from light so that they cannot live normally, the corals will die.
58. Some birds like to sit on a sheep because .
B. they depend on the sheep for existence
C. they enjoy travelling with the sheep
D. they find the position most comfortable
59. The underlined word “they” in the last sentence of the first paragraph refers to.
A. birds and parasites B. birds and sheep
C. parasites and sheep D. sheep, birds and parasites
60. It can be learnt from the text that the coral depends on the plant for .
61. What does the second paragraph mainly discuss?
A. Some animals and plants depend on each other for existence.
B. Some animals and plants develop their relationship easily.
C. Some plants depend on each other for food.
D. Some animals live better together.
In the 19th century England people liked to go to the seaside. In those days, ladies wore long
bathing dresses, and men wore bathing suits. Women did not walk about on the beach(沙滩) in their bathing dresses. They hired a bathing machine. A bathing machine was used for changing in, and for taking the bather down to the sea. It cost 2 pence(便士) to hire a machine and an attendant(侍者). When she had paid, the bather climbed up the back steps and got into the bathing machine. Then she changed into her bathing dress. When she had changed, the machine was pulled down to the sea. The bathing machine stopped in the water and the bather went down the front steps into the water. If she did not want to get into the sea, the attendant pulled her in.
62. A 19th century English lady bathing in the sea would wear something like:
63. Who used the bathing machine?
A. Women bathers.
B. Both men and women bathers.
C. Bathers who couldn't swim.
D. Bathers who couldn't walk.
64. A bathing machine was mainly used for .
A. giving the bather a pleasure ride on the beach
B. giving the bather some exercise before getting into the water
C. protecting the bather from catching cold from the sea wind
D. protecting the bather from being seen in a bathing dress out of water
65. In 19th century people who used the bathing machine usually did the following things. Which is
the right order for doing them?
a. Changing into bathing clothes b. Getting out of the bathing machine
c. Paying 2 pence d. Getting into the bathing machine
e. Being taken down the beach f. Getting into the water
A. e, d, a, b, f, c B. c, d, a, e, b, f
C. c, d, e, a, b, f C. d, a, e, b, f, c
A bike tour and race will be held on August 26 and 27(Sat. & Sum. ). At 5:30am, the riders will
leave Tian'anmen Square and ride the first 35 kilometres as a training leg. Then the next 55 kilometre leg, from Yanjiao to Jixian, will be the first competitive(竞争性的)part of the tour. The riders and their bikes will then be taken from Jixian to Changli.
The second racing leg of the tour will be from Changli to the seaside of Nandaibe, covering a
distance of 20 kilometres. Saturday night includes the stay at Nandaihe and supper. Sunday morning is free for play at the seaside. At noon all the people and their bikes will be taken back to Beijing.
The Brazilian Football Club will play Beijing Guo'an Team at the Workers Stadium on August 26.
The club has four national team players . Also coming is 1994 US World Cup star Romario who has promised to play for at least 45 minutes.
Time/Date:4:30 pm, August 26(Sat. ) Telephone:5012372
The Third National Rock Climbing Competition will be held on August 26-27 at the Huairou
Mountain-climbing Training Base. More than 10 teams from Beijing, Wuhan, Dalian, Jilin and other places will take part in it. A Japanese team will give an exhibition climbing. Free for spectators(观众).
Take a long-distance bus from Dongzhimen to Huairou.
Time/Dates:9-12 am, August 26 and 27
Telephone:7143177, 7144850, Wang Zhenghua
66. The main purpose of announcing the above events is to give information about .
A. visiting teams B. famous players
C. things to do for the weekend D. prices to pay for the sports events
67. If you take part in the bike tour, you will ride for .
A. 35 kilometres B. 55 kilometres
C. 75 kilometres D. 110 kilometres
68. the underlined word “leg” in “Bicycle tour and race” probably means .
C. part of the training D. part of the tour
69. What is special about the rock climbing competition?
A. A foreign team takes part in it.
B. You can watch it without paying.
C. You don't have to be a sportsman to take part.
D. The bus trip to the place of the competition is free.
70. If you want to find something to do for Saturday afternoon, which telephone number will you call?
Building a house costs quite a lot of money. Suppose you plan to build a house. Your first step will be to find a right piece of land. Your choice will depend on many different things. You will probably try to find a sunny place, with pleasant surroundings（环境）near shops and bus stops, not too far from your friends and the place where you work.
Next you will find an excellent builder, and together with the builder you will work out a plan. The builder will draw the plan. It will show the number of rooms, their position and size, and other parts which must be noticed, such as windows, doors, and electric outlets. The builder will work out how much money is needed to build your house. He will work out the cost of the wood, bricks, the glass, and everything else that must be used in building the house. Later on, when he starts to build, this estimate（预算）must be corrected and revised（修正. His estimate is based on existing prices, but prices of such things may change, and many other things may happen between the time when he makes the estimate and the time when he builds the house.
When the builder gives his estimate, you may wish to change your plan. (You may also wish to change your builder, if his estimate is too high!) You may find that some of the features（特征）you wanted as first cost too much, or that you can spend a little more and add something to your plan. The builder's estimate depends on the plan, but the final plan depends on the builder's estimate.
1． The best title of this passage is _____.
A. Building a House Costs Much Money
2． The first thing for a person to build a house is _____.
A. to get as much money as possible
B. to find a suitable piece of land
3． After choosing the best place to build the house, the following things for a person to build
a house are to _______.
B. find an excellent builder and work out a plan
4． The phrase（短语）“draw a plan” in this passage means _______.
A. making a picture of a building or a room
D. pulling a picture out of a room
5． When the builder starts to build a house, his estimate will have to be corrected and revised because __
A. it is wrongly worked out by a workman
B. the future owner of the house thinks the estimate is so high that he cannot afford the building
C. the prices of building materials and the expenses(费用) of labor may be different from
the original prices and expenses
D. estimates are usually mistaken in the beginning
6． What is the relationship（关系）between the estimate and the plan?
A. The plan depends on the estimate.
B. The estimate depends on the plan.
C. The plan has nothing to do with the estimate.
D. The estimate and the plan depend on each other
猜测词义的能力不光在考试时很重要，就连我们平时阅读英语文章时也很用得着哦。就象我
们在看中文的文章时，并不是一碰到生词就去查字典，而是根据语境去猜测生词的。我们读英语文章时，也应养成这样的习惯和能力。
要想提高猜测词义的能力，我们可从以下七个方法下意识地进行阅读。
在be，be called，call等判断词出现的判断句中，可根据已知部分，猜测生词的含义。如：
1）A mosquito is a small flying pest that thrust the skin and then drink blood.
2）A person who is skilled at making or repairing wooden objects is called a carpenter.
你能猜出斜体部分单词的意思吗？mosquito是“蚊子”，carpenter是“木匠”。不难吧？
有时，我们还可根据定语从句或同位语对其修饰的先行词的词义做出推测。例如：
His uncle is a zoologist, an expert who does research on animals. 不难猜出，zoologist动物学家”
当看到文中的破折号“-”时，我们也应该留点神，因为它也可引出起解释说明作用的同位语或具有同义的短语或从句。如： Some organizations of United Nations prefer to take on Polyglots as their workers-those who can understand as well as speak many languages. 这里，Polyglot指的是“懂而且会说多种语言的人”。
在but，however，yet，otherwise，though这些表示意义转折的连词出现的句子中，其前后的词有明显的对比关系。根据已知的内容，通过这种对比关系，就很容易猜出生词的词义了。如：
1）Though Tom's face has been washed quite clean, his neck still remains grubby. grubby是什么意思呢？和clean相对，便是“肮脏的”了。
2）John usually wastes a lot of money on such useless things；his wife, however, is very thrifty.
和wastes a lot of money相对比，thrifty就是“节俭的”意思。
because，since与as是连结原因状语从句的从属连词，so是连结表示结果的并列句的连词，so...that与such...that中的that是连结结果状语从句的。当这些信息词出现在有生词的句中，通过因果关系，依据已知部分，就能猜出生词的词义。例如：
1） She wanted the hairdresser to trim her hair a bit because it was too long. 根据后边的原因，我们就可推测出trim就是“修剪”的意思。right? Ok, it's your turn.看看你能否正确猜出下句中斜体词的意思。
2） The river is so turbid that it is impossible to see the bottom even when it is shallow.
根据that引导的结果状语从句，可以猜出，turbid的意思是“浑浊的”。你猜对了吗？
运用逻辑推理能力，自身的生活经验及生活常识，根据上下文能读懂的部分，可以正确猜出词义。下面文字中斜体单词的词义你能猜出来吗？
1） Birds fly with their wings, and they pick up their foods, and then eat them with their beaks and they use their claws for tearing, seizing, pulling or holding objects.
2）Most of the roses are beginning to wither because of the cold. 句子的已知部分和我们的常识告诉我们： wings是“翅膀”；beaks是“喙”；claws是“爪子”；wither表示“枯萎”。
同等关系，指的是一个词，一组词或短语在句中作同一成分，而且它们的词义都属于同一范畴。明显的标志是，这样的词组或短语中间常常用并列连词and或or来连接。例如：
1） At forty-two he was in his prime and always full of energy.
2） Are people born intelligent or stupid?
你能根据同等关系猜出斜体词的意思吗？从“年龄42岁”以及与prime具有同等关系的full of energy，可以猜出prime的意思是“盛年时期”。从选择连词or“还是”以及与intelligent处于同等位置的stupid“愚蠢的”可以猜测intelligent是“聪明的”意思。
如：You can take any of the periodicals: The World of English, Foreign Language Teaching in Schools, or English Learning. 从后面列举的例子可以猜出periodical是“期刊，杂志”的意思。
根据学过的构词法知识，知道词根和前缀或后缀的意义，就可猜出由它们组成的新词词义。
如： The colors of Hawaii in summer are unforgettable. 根据构词法和我们已熟悉的词forget，我们可以知道unforgettable就是“令人难忘的”意思。
1． Archaeology is the study of the buried remains of ancient times, such as houses, pots, tools and
weapons. A. 地理学 B. 生态学 C. 心理学 D. 考古学
2． This strict officer is a martinet, a person who demands total obedience（服从）to rules, discipline
and orders.
A. 专制的人 B. 软弱的人 C. 强硬的人 D. 要求严格服从纪律和命令的人
3． Though Mr. Smith has been general manager for just 3 months, he has already made much
greater achievements than his predecessors.
4． The football game was getting more and more exciting, however, the old lady was still as dozy
as she usually was.
A. 昏昏欲睡的B. 亢奋的 C. 欣喜若狂的 D. 麻木的
5． All his attempts to unlock the door was futile, because he was using the wrong key.
6． She did not hear what you said because she was completely engrossed in her reading.
A. 心不在焉的B. 紧张的 C. 全神贯注的 D. 睡意浓的
7． One of symptoms caused by the peculiar illness is a high fever.
8． In the strong wind, the beggar shivered with the terrible cold.
9． The hot tropical weather created a feeling of lassitude and encouraged laziness.
10．To quite a great many people, money is an irresistible temptation（诱惑）.
A. 不可抗拒的 B. 可抗拒的 C. 接受的 D. 不可接受的
JINTAN, JIANGSU: The 20 students - 18 boys and 2 girls -had a thousand reasons to be proud of themselves. They had just climbed their way to the top rung（阶梯）out of 4 million students taking part in the Fifth National Hua Luogeng Gold Cup Mathematics Contest（竞赛）on Tuesday evening.
The 20 gold medal winners are all primary and middle school students under the age of 14.
‘Many of the problems are of college level and these pupils can figure them out. It is just unbelievable!’said a teacher from Guangdong province.
Named after China's most famous mathematician, Hua Luogeng, the contest started in 1986, one year after his death. In less than 10 years, it has been recognised by the State Education Commission（国家教委） as the country's biggest and best contest of its kind.
51. This news story is mainly about .
C. the 20 pupils who have won gold medals in the contest
D. the 5th National Hua Luogeng Gold Cup Mathematics Contest
52. This news story most probably appeared in a newspaper in .
53. It can be inferred from the text that the teacher from Guangdong province .
A. felt proud of the gold medal winners
B. wondered if the students were honest
C. thought that the problems were too difficult for the students
D. believed that the twenty winners could go to study at university
54. The underlined phrase ‘figure out’ in the text means .
In the 1930s, a lot of people in the USA were out of work. Among these people was a man named
Alfred Butts. He always had an interest in word games and so, to fill his time, he planned a game which he called ‘Lexico’. However, he was not completely satisfied with the game, so he made a number of changes to it and, in time, changed its name from ‘Lexico’to ‘Alph’ and then to ‘Criss Cross’. He wanted to make some money from his new game but he didn't have any real commercial（商业性的）success.
In 1939, Butts happened to meet a man called Jim Brunot who showed an interest in the new game.
The two men worked together on developing the game and in 1948 it was offered for sale in the United States under its new name - ‘Scrabble’.
At first, it didn't sell very well. In the first year it sold just 2,250 sets and by 1951 it had only
reached 8,500 sets a year.
Then, in 1952 the manager of Macy's department store in New York, Jack Strauss, happened to
play ‘Scrabble’while he was on holiday. He thought it was a wonderful game and, when he went back to work after his holiday, he insisted that Macy's should stock（储备） the game and make an effort （努力） to call the public's attention to it.
As a result,‘scrabble’became a big success in the United States and it soon spread to Australia and
then to other English-speaking countries.
55. The text is mainly about .
56. Alfred Butts invented the game‘Lexico’ .
C. when he was out of work and looking for a job
D. when he was playing word games to pass the time
57. Who made ‘Scrabble’ popular?
A. Alfred Butts.
B. Jack Strauss.
C. Alfred Butts and Jim Brunot.
D. Jack Strauss and Jim Brunot.
58. When did Alfred Butts first put his game on the market?
A. In 1939.
B. In 1948.
C. Before 1939.
D. Between 1939 and 1948.
Allan goes everywhere with Birgitta Anderson, a 54-year-old secretary. He moves around her
office at work and goes shopping with her.‘Most people don't seem to mind Allan,’ says Birgitta, who thinks he is wonderful. ‘He's my fourth child,’ she says. She may think of him and treat him that way, buying his food, paying his health bills and his taxes, but in fact Allan is a dog.
Birgitta and Allan live in Sweden, a country where everyone is expected to lead an orderly life
according to rules laid down by the government, which also provides （提供）a high level of care for its people. This level of care costs money.
People in Sweden pay taxes on everything, so aren't surprised to find that owning a dog means yet
more taxes. Some people are paying as much as 500 Swedish kronor in taxes a year for the right to keep their dog, money that is spent by the government on dog hospitals and sometimes medical treatment for a dog that falls ill. However, most such treatment is expensive, so owners often decide to pay health and even life insurance （保险）for their dog.
In Sweden dog owners must pay for any damage （损坏）their dog does. A Swedish Kennel Club
official explains what this means: if your dog runs out on the road and gets hit by a passing car you, as the owner, have to pay for any damage done to the car, even if your dog has been killed in the accident.
59. Birgitta pays taxes for Allan because .
A. he is her dog B. he is her child
C. he follows her everywhere D. he often falls ill
60. The money paid as dog taxes is used to .
A. keep a high level of care for the people
C. provide medical care for dogs
61. If a dog causes a car accident and gets killed, who should pay for the damage done to the car?
A. The owner of the car.
B. The owner of the dog.
C. The insurance company.
D. The government.
62. From the text it can be inferred that in Sweden .
A. dogs are welcome in public places
B. keeping dogs means asking for trouble
C. many car accidents are caused by dogs
Suppose you work in a big firm and find English very important for your job because you often
deal with foreign businessmen. Now you are looking for a place where you can improve your English, especially your spoken English.
Here are some advertisements about English language training from newspapers. You may find the
information you need.
63. You work from 9:00 am to 4:30 p.m. every day. Which schools will you choose?
A. Global English Centre and Modern Language School.
B. Global English Centre and the International House.
C. Modern Language School and the 21st Century.
D. The 21st Century and the International House.
64. The 21st Century is different from the other three schools in that .
A. its teaching quality is better
B. it is nearest to the city centre
C. its courses are more advanced
D. it requires an entrance examination
65. You will probably prefer to go to the International House because it .
A. offers free sightseeing and social activities
B. has a special course in spoken English
C. costs less than the other schools
66. If you take the evening programme at the International House, you will pay about .
America is growing older. Fifty years ago, only 4 out of every 100 people in the United States were
65 or older. Today, 10 out of every 100 Americans are over 65. The aging of the population will affect （影响） American society in many ways - education, medicine, and business. Quietly, the graying of America has made us a very different society - one in which people have a quite different idea of what kind of behavior （行为）is suitable （合适）at various ages.
A person's age no longer tells you anything about his/her social position, marriage or health.
There's no longer a particular year in which one goes to school or goes to work or gets married or starts a family. The social clock that kept us on time and told us when to go to school, get a job, or stop working isn't as strong as it used to be. It doesn't surprise us to hear of a 29-year-old university president or a 35-year-old grandmother, or a 70-year-old man who has become a father for the first time. Public ideas are changing.
Many people say, ‘I am much younger than my mother - or my father - was at my age.’
No one says ‘Act your age’ anymore. We've stopped looking with surprise at older people who act in youthful ways.
67. It can be learnt from the text that the aging of the population in America .
B. has changed people's social position
C. has changed people's understanding of age
D. has slowed down the country's social development
68. The underlined word ‘one’ refers to .
69. ‘Act your age’ means people should ______.
B. do the right thing at the right age
C. show respect for their parents young or old
D. take more physical exercise suitable to their age
70. If a 25-year-old man becomes general manager of a big firm, the writer of the text would most
probably consider it .
Confucius was born five hundred and fifty years before Christ. Unlike Jesus Christ, he did not bring words of God to the people. He was a clever teacher and a philosopher, looking for truth and wisdom. Most of his teaching was about life in this world.
Confucius was very keen to give people good rulers. Someone asked him, “What does a country need?” Confucius answered, “Enough food, a good army, and a good leader.” The people then asked, “Which one is the most important?” Confucius answered, “An army is not very important. All men must die, so food is not the most important. But if the leader of the country is not good, then everything will be bad.”
1. A philosopher is a person who ______.
B. teaches people how to live in this world
D. is more clever than most of other people
2. According to Confucius, the most important thing in any country was ____.
C. life of the people D. food
3. Jesus Christ _____.
A. was born more than half a century earlier than Confucius
B. taught people anything about God
C. did not tell people anything about God
D. was a philosopher sent by God
4. Confucius taught people all these things except _____.
B. the importance of the leader of the country
5. For Confucius a man _____.
B. would die if he didn't have a good ruler
C. was not important compared with food
D. ought to die if he considered food to be the most important for him
Learners of English, especially self-taught learners may have trouble in understanding speeches by native speakers. The following ways might help improve their listening ability.
First of all, do things step by step. It is not good to listen to something beyond your level. Better choose a suitable course and start with the first book. Go on to the second book only after you are sure you understand the first one.
Secondly, stick to one course of study. Don't change books often. Never let your attention be attracted by another course just because it seems to be more “fashionable”（时髦）.
Thirdly, listen to the English news program over the radio from time to time. Better go through the news stories in the Chinese-language newspaper first. That will make it easier for you to understand the English news on the radio.
Fourthly, if you have time, listen to some interesting stories in “Special English from the V.O.A. or other listening materials of the same level as that of your textbook.”
6. This is a piece of advice to learners of English on how to ____.
A. improve their listening ability
C. write better English and read faster
7. If you want to understand the English news program on the radio, you should _____.
A. read the Chinese-language newspaper step by step
B. read again and again the Chinese-language newspaper
C. go through the Chinese-language newspaper
D. be able to recite the Chinese-language newspaper
8. “Beyond your level” means something _____.
C. not too easy and not too difficult for you
9. The author advised that once you have taken up a course, you ____.
B. should begin with the last book
C. should take up other courses if they are more fashionable
10. In this passage, V.O.A. stands for _____.
I like cooking. ”
He likes cooking.
It' s not easy for me to learn English.
Seen from the space, the earth is a blue sphere.
以上英语句子中____________________等具有动词特征，但是在句子中不能作谓语的动词形式，就叫动词的非谓语形式，也叫非谓语动词。
非谓语动词是不随 _______________变化而变化的，它们不受人称和数的限定，所以又叫“非限定动词”。
动词的非谓语形式有三种：
（2）分词：studying (现在分词)、studied (过去分词)
动词非谓语形式有以下几种形式变化（以write为例）：
动名词可以起 ______词的作用，在句子中作主语，宾语，表语，定语。
动名词的否定形式是在前面加上not, never等否定词。
Fishing in this lake is forbidden.
Going abroad for a visit and settling down abroad are two different things.
My favorite hobby is fishing/collecting stamps.
My job is teaching.
注意：
在______________; ______________; __________ ; _______________ ; _________________ ;___________________ 等习惯表达中，
It为__________，而将做主语的动名词短语放在后面。例如：
It’s no use /good ringing her up now.
Is it worthwhile bargaining two hours for two cents?
It’s wise trying again.
It is of great importance fighting against pollution.
It is no use operating on the sick man. He should have been sent here early.
It is no good smoking; you’d better give it up.
（二）动名词短语作___________________。
He avoided giving me a definite answer.
David suggested selling your dog and car to pay the debt.
I couldn’t risk missing that train.
常用的能接动名词的动词有：
承认__________，感激__________，避免__________，建议___________，不禁__________，庆祝__________，考虑__________，完成___________，延期__________，忍耐___________，喜欢__________，结束___________，想象__________，保持___________，在意__________，错过___________，允许__________，练习___________，冒险__________，明白___________。
例如：
（三）动名词短语作___________。如：
The children are fond of listening to pop music.
Are you interested in going to the show?
Thomas insisted on doing it in his own way.
Excuse me for interrupting you.
Before finishing your homework, you’d better not go out. 做
_____________________。
I insisted on his (him) going to the cinema with me.
I can hardly imagine Peter’s sailing across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.
Linda’s coming will do you good.
What made him angry was their (them) laughing.
（五）动名词的完成式和被动语态：
（1）完成式表示__________________________________。例如：
I apologize for having broken my promise.
I don’t remember having talked with him before.
I regret not having met you before my marriage/before I got married.
（2）当___________________________________，动名词要用被动语态。例如：
I could no longer stand being treated like that.
She was proud of having been trained in the U.K.
He doesn’t like being laughed at.
（六）某些动词可接不定式也可接动名词做宾语，但意义有差别。
（1）like, love, hate, prefer等表示喜爱，厌恶的动词后面，
She likes dancing. But she wouldn’t like to dance with you.
He looked tired and I didn’t like to disturb him.
I don’t like reading, but I’d like to read a magazine in bed tonight.
Little Jim should love to be taken to the theatre this evening.
The reporter would /should like to see you again.
We don’t like talking about people behind their backs.
（2） forget to do sth. ___________________
forget doing sth.___________________
The light in the office is still on. She forgot to turn it off.
The light in the office is off. She turned it off, but she forgot turning it off.
（3）remember to do sth. _________________
remember doing sth. _________________
Do you remember meeting me at a party last year?
You must remember to leave tomorrow。
（4）stop to do sth. __________________
stop doing sth. __________________
She stopped to have a rest on a big rock by the side of the path.
As long as you live, your heart never stops beating,
（5） regret to do sth. _____________________
regret doing sth. ____________________
I regret saying that.
I regret to tell you the following truth.
（6）try to do sth. __________________
try doing sth. _________________
You must try to do it again.
Let’s try doing the work in some other way.
（7） mean to do sth. __________________
mean doing sth. __________________
If it means delaying more than a week, I’ll not wait.
I mean to help you, and nothing else. 。
I didn’t mean to hurt you. I’m sorry.
Declaring Taiwan independent means declaring war on China.
（8） go on to do sth. _____________________
go on doing sth. _____________________
After he finished his maths, he went on to do his physics.
I hope it won’t go on raining all day long.
现在做一些练习：
1．根据括号里的汉语意思用动名词填空：
1) ____________（游泳）is a very enjoyable exercise.
2) His work is ________________(修自行车).
3) Europeans uses an knife and a fork ______________(吃肉).
4) We will only succeed by ____________________(努力工作）.
5) Tom hates __________________(早晨9点以后起床).
6) I could' t help ________________(迟到).
7) _____________________(等着没用) there won' t be another bus.
2. 用动词不定式或动名词填空：
1) He wanted ____ (see) the book I had bought.
2) Please stop ___ (walk) about the room and sit down.
3) I called ____ (see) her yesterday but she was out.
4) In 1969, the United States succeeded in ____ (send) a rocket to the moon and ___ (land) two astronauts on its surface.
5) We decided ___ (put) off the meeting until Saturday.
6) Let me ___ (see) what you are doing.
7) When the professor finishes ____ (speak), we will ask him a question.
8) He made her ___ (go) although she wanted ___ (stay).
9) Please remember ____ (give) her this letter.
10) We heard him ___ (say) that he disliked ____ (go) abroad any more.
11) The child enjoyed ___ (play) at the seaside.
12) The little boy was made ___ (take) the medicine.
13) I watched the shop assistant ___ (take) the goods down for the shelf and put them on the counter.
14) He remembers ___ (go) to Shanghai with his parents when he was five.
15) She had her husband ___ (wash) her dirty linen.
16) The thief kept ____ (say) he hadn’t taken the purse.
17) The policeman saw him ___ (steal) the bicycle and ride away on it.
18) I’ve persuaded him ___ (help) us do the job.
19) You had better ____ (go) home now. It looks like rain.
20) Let me___ (know) if you had decided ____ (go).
21) He promised ___ (come) to our party.
22) I forget ____ (see) you there.
23) Don’t forget ___ (see) your grandma this Sunday.
24) I must apologize for not ___ (let) you know earlier.
分词有现在分词和过去分词两种。
作为非谓语形式，分词可用作形容词和副词，在句子中充当定语、表语、补语和状语。但它仍保持动词的一般特征，可以有自己的宾语和状语。分词和自己的宾语、状语构成分词短语。
现在分词有一般式和完成式。它的一般式表示和谓语动词所表示的动作同时发生的行为或存在的状态；它的完成式（having + 过去分词）表示在谓语动词所表示的动作之前发生的动作或存在的状态。
现在分词有主动语态和被动语态(being + 过去分词)。
过去分词只有一般式，表示在谓语动词所表示的动作之前发生的动作。过去分词（及物动词）本身可以表示被动的含义，因而没有别的被动形式。
1．作定语。
作定语的分词通常放在被修饰的名词________________。
如果被修饰的词是something，anything，everything，nothing等，则分词放在这些词________________。
分词短语通常放在被修饰的名词_________________。
This is an interesting book。
China is a developing country.
There is something interesting in the news。
The man sitting by the window is our math teacher。
The machine run by the old worker is made in Shanghai。
1. We lived in the house __________________(我舅舅们修建的).
2. Any medicine ________(服用) without the advice of a doctor can cause trouble.
3. We spent two hours discussing the plan ________________ (她制定的).
4. Lessons _____________ (易学的)are soon forgotten.
** ______________ (易学的) lessons are soon forgotten.
2、作状语。分词和分词短语作状语时，可以表示时间、原因、行为方式等意义。表示时间和原因的分词短语相当于对应的状语从句。
When the students saw the teacher entering the room，They stood up。
= seeing the teacher entering the room, they stood up.
When I was walking in the street, I came across an old friend of mine.
__________________________, I came across an old friend of mine.
After he had heard the news, he jumped with joy.
_________________________, he jumped with joy.
The metal expands when it is heated.
___________，the Metal expands.
When he was asked why he did not do it, he began to cry.
________________________________, he began to cry.
As I was excited，I couldn’t go to sleep
_____________，I couldn’t go to sleep。
Because he was a student，he was interested in sports.
______________________，he was interested in sports.
Because they were inspired (激励) by Dr.Yang’s speech，Li Hua and his classmates decided to study physics harder
_______________，Li Hua and his classmates decided to study physics harder.
The children went away。They laughed as they went.
The children went away laughing.
The professor stood there and he was surrounded by many students
The professor stood there，_______________________________
He sat on the sofa, and watched TV.
He sat on the sofa, _____________________
If you work hard, you will succeed.
________________, you will succeed.
If you use your head, you will find a way.
________________, you will find a way.
If water is heated to a certain temperature, it turns into steam.
_________________________________, water turns into steam.
1. I saw him running along the street.
2. I felt an ant climbing over my leg.
3. Suddenly I noticed her standing outside.
4. I smell something burning.
5. I hear a girl singing in the hall.
1. I would have him waiting for me at the gate of the park.
2. Sorry, I kept you waiting a long time.
3. They shut the door and left, leaving the fire burning.
(I) 用在_______________ 之后作宾补。
1. The speaker raised his voice, but he still could not make himself heard.
2. Jane got her bad tooth pulled out at the dentist’s.
3. They are going to have the entrance hall painted white.
(II) 用在 ______________ 之后作宾补。
1. He didn’t notice his wallet stolen.
2. I was washing my clothes when I heard my name called.
(III) 用在 ______________之后作宾补。
1. He did not want such question discussed.
2. I would like my living room painted light blue.
4、作表语。
The result of the test is disappointing.
I feel disappointed in the result of the test.
He is interested in the book.
The result is surprising.
I am surprised at what he said.
现在分词作表语，说明主语的性质或特征，意为______________，
exciting, moving, amusing, astonishing, frightening, interesting, relaxing, shocking, surprising, terrifying, tiring etc.
过去分词作表语多表示主语所处的状态，意为_________________，
excited, moved, amused, astonished, frightened, interested, relaxed, satisfied, surprised, terrified, tired etc.
（1）被动结构强调___________，而系表结构强调________________
（2）_________________可以接by + 动作的执行者，___________则不行。
The glass is broken.
The glass is broken by Tom.
The bookstore is closed at six.
The bookstore is closed now.
注意：
（1）分词作状语时，_____________ 和 ______________ 一致：
__________at the top of the mountain，I saw lots of people there.
__________from the top of the mountain, the city is beautiful.
__________again, I found the book interesting.
__________again, the book was found interesting.
（2）在see，hear，watch，notice等动词后，
用动词不定式作宾语补语，通常表示_______________________。
如果用现在分词作宾语补语，则通常表示____________________。
We sat two hours and watched the teacher __________ the experiment.
We passed by the classroom and saw the teacher________ the experiment.
（3）在“have+宾语+分词”的结构中，
He had the fire ___________ (burn) day and night。
Father had me ___________(swim) the whole summer vacation。
Mary had her dress __________(wash).
Tom had his legs ____________ (break)
I had my watch __________(steal) yesterday。
My mother had me ___________ (wash) my dress.
The teacher had me ______________ (clean) the classroom.
上面已经谈到，过去分词可以表示“被动”和“完成”等意义，因此没有时态和
语态方面的形式变化。下面谈一下现在分词的时态和语态。
1.现在分词的完成式(having+过去分词)表示____________________________。
Having written the letter，John went to the post office.
(=After he had written the letter，John went to the post office.
Having lived in Beijing for years，Lao Wang knows the city quite well.
(=As he has lived in Beijing for years，Lao Wang knows the city quite well.)
Having drunk two glasses of water, Xiao Ma felt a little better.
(=After he had drunk two glasses of water Xiao Ma felt a little better.)
2.现在分词的被动语态(being +过去分词)通常表示“正在被…”的意思。如强调现在分词表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前时，可用现在分词被动语态的完成式(having + been +过去分词)。
The bridge being built will be completed next month.
Having been kept out of the room about half an hour for his returning late，Tom was let in.
exercises:
1、用现在分词或过去分词结构改写下列句子:
1）The teacher is taking a walk on the playground. He is our teacher of English.
2）The birds filled the air with music. They were singing in the trees.
3) Here is a novel. It was written b Lu Xun.
4) The language is English. It is spoken in Australia.
5) Do you know the number of students? They are coming to the English Evening.
6) I could hear the boys. They were playing in the field.
7) He was glad to find the fire. It was burning brightly.
8) I watched them. They were dancing.
9) I saw a man. He was banging at your door
10）Tom rushed into the room. He was covered with snow.
11）Mary sat on the ground. She talked with Jane.
12）I stood at the gate. I was waiting for his arrival.
13) John put on his raincoat because he saw that it was raining.
14) As he was stepping carelessly off the pavement, he was knocked down by the bus.
15) He used chopsticks. He ate his dinner.
16) As he was going downstairs he tripped on the carpet.
17) When I was learning English, I had much trouble in pronunciation.
18) As he himself was one of the exploited Pottier shared their bitterness and sufferings.
19) The bridge had been weakened by successive storms and was no longer safe.
20) What is the book? It is being translated.
21) As we did not know his address we could not get in touch with him.
22) As she had been there many times, she knew the place quit well.
23) As we had not got a reply from them, we became quite worried.
24) Because they had been brought up in the city, they knew little about farmwork.
25) He was a League member. He ought to take the lead in such activities.
2、 改正下列句子中的错误(注意分词短语的逻辑主语和句子的主语是否一致)。
Example:
Climbing to the top of the hill, there is a magnificent view to be seen.
-----Climbing to the top of the hill, one can see a magnificent view.
-----If one climbs to the top of the hill, there is a magnificent view to be seen.
1）Being Sunday I shall have a quiet day at home.
______________ I shall have quiet day at home.
2）Entering the house, the door closed with a bang.
3）Walking through the park, the flowers made a lovely sight.
4）Waiting for a bus, a brick fell on my head.
5）Having been away from his hometown for more than thirty years, no one recognize him.
总述: 谓语动词的变化形式取决于时态和语态: 英语的时态有十六种, 中学英语中有十二种常见的时态; 语态有两种, 即主动语态和被动语态
1.在主动语态中, 各种时态的谓语动词的一般形式如下:
现在 do / does am / is / are doing have / has done have / has been doing
过去 did was / were doing had done had been doing
将来 shall / will do shall / will be doing shall / will have done X
如果谓语是be动词, 则可用be动词的适当形式( be / am / is / are / was / were / been)代替以上表格中的黑体字部分. 此外, 过去将来时的形式是: should / would do或should / would be
2.在被动语态中, 各种时态的谓语动词的一般形式如下:
现在 am / is / are done am / is / are being done have / has been done X
过去 was / were done was / were being done had been done X
将来 shall / will be done X shall / will have been done X
另外, 过去将来时的被动语态形式是should / would be done
一.一般现在时:
1.构成: 通常以动词原形表示. 主语为第三人称单数时, 则用动词的第三人称单数形式来表示
2.用法:
a. It is fine today.
b. I am a student.
c. I get up at six every day.
d. My father never takes a bus; he walks to his office.
a. Japan is to the east of China.
b. The sun rises in the east.
c. A horse is a useful animal.
③.表示将来确定会发生的动作(如己安排好或计划好的动作或按时刻表将来一定会发生的动作), 可以这样使用的动词有: go, come, leave, start, arrive等
a. My train leaves at 6:30.
b. The football match is played the day after tomorrow.
a. I will let you know as soon as I hear from him.
b. We will go if it is fine tomorrow.
c. I will be away when he arrives.
d. We shall not begin the discussion until he arrives.
e. Mother, I won’t go out unless you agree.
f. Don’t try to run before you begin to walk.
⑤.在某些以here / there开头的句子中用一般现在时动词表示现在正在发生的动作
a. Here comes the bus.=The bus is coming.
b. There goes the bell.
⑥.在体育比赛过程中, 解说员叙述迅速, 短暂动作时, 可用一般现在时, 表示正在进行的或刚刚发生的动作
a. Ma Lianbao passes the ball to Mu Tiezhu, Mu shoots – a fine shot !
a. When the curtain rises, Juliet is sitting at her desk. The phone rings. She picks it up and listens quietly.
①.表示说话时正在进行着的动作, 或现阶段正在进行而说话时不一定正在进行的动作
a. I am writing a letter.
b. My mother is making a dress these few days.
②.表示即将发生的动作(如在最近按计划或安排好要进行的动作), 常见的有这种用法的动词有: come /go / leave / start / arrive等, 常与表示将来时间的状语连用
a. They are going to Shanghai on Friday.
b. John is coming here next week.
③.现在进行时动词与always, continually, constantly等连用, 表示反复出现的或习惯性的动作
a. The little boy is always asking questions.
b. You are always saying that sort of thing.
④.在一定的上下文中, 前一句用一般现在时动词表述现在发生的事实, 后一句用现在进行时动词来阐述这一事实的原因, 结果, 目的等
a. He frowns. He is worrying about his boy.他皱着眉头, 因为他在为他的孩子担心. (is worrying表示原因)
b. She criticizes him. She is trying to correct his wrong habits. 她批评他, 想纠正他的坏习惯. (is trying表示目的)
c. She lets her child have his own way. She is spoiling him. 她不管她的孩子, 把他惯坏了. ( is spoiling表示结果)
⑤.不表示持续的行为, 而表示知觉, 感觉, 看法, 认识, 感情, 愿望或某种状态的动词通常不用现在进行时, 如: see, hear, smell, taste, recognize, notice, forget, remember, understand, know, believe, suppose, mean, think, love, hate, care, like, dislike, worry, forgive, want, wish, hope, refuse, feel like, belong to , possess, own, have, be, seem等
a. He has gone to Shanghai. ( =He went to Shanghai and he is not here now. )
b. I have opened the window. ( =I opened the window and the window is now open.)
c. The concert has started. ( =The concert started and is now going on. )
d. I have had breakfast. (=I had breakfast and I am not hungry now. )
②.表示开始于过去, 持续到现在(也许还会继续进行下去)的动作或状态, 用于延续性动词, 且句中常带有表示段时间的时间状语
a. I have studied English since 1987.
b. He has lived here for two years.
c. He has been ill for ten days.
3.现在完成时与一般过去时的区别:
①.现在完成时和一般过去时所表示的动作都发生在过去, 但前者将过去的动作与现在的结果或对现在的影响联系起来, 而后者只限于表示过去的动作本身, 与现在无关
②.现在完成时不能与表明确时间的状语如: yesterday, last year, two days ago, when I came in等连用, 但可与表示不明确时间的状语如: already, yet, sometimes, often, before, lately, recently, once, twice, ever等连用, 也可以和包括现在在内的时间状语如: this morning, today, this week, this year等连用
a. She has already come.
b. I have met him before.
c. Ma Hong has always been a good student.
d. Have you ever been to the Great Wall ?
e. I have seen him this morning.
四.现在完成进行时:
①.它具有现在完成时的特点, 即表示动作发生在过去, 延续到现在或对现在产生影响
②.它具有现在进行时的特点, 即可以表示此动作仍在进行或还会继续
a. Mr. Smith has taught English for twenty years. ( 至今为止教过二十年英语, 至于teach是否结束或是否延续, 不得而知)
b. Mr. Smith has been teaching English for twenty years.( 现在仍在教英语,而且将持续下去)
3.用法:
①.表示现在之前的一段时间里一直进行的动作, 此动可能仍在进行, 也可能刚刚停止
a. I have been reading the book all the morning.
b. He has been staying here for two hours.
c. I have been living in Beijing since 1972.
a. I have been calling you several times in the past two days.
4.现在完成时与现在完成进行时的区别: 前者着重表示过去动作对现在的影响或结果; 后者着重表示过去动作的持续进行
a. I have written six letters since I got back.我己经写了六封信 (强调结果)
b. I have been writing letter since I got back. 我回家后一直在写信 (强调“一直在写”)
c. I have read this book.我读过这本书了(强调“读过”这一结果)
d. I have been reading this book.我一直在读这本书 (强调“一直在读”)
2.用法:
①.表示过去某一时刻或某一段时间内发生的动作或情况, 其中包括习惯性动作
a. I met him yesterday.
b. I used to go to school early every morning.
c. He entered the classroom, sat down at his desk and began to work.
d. Last night, I listened to the radio for two hours and went to bed at midnight.
a. Helen had left her keys in the office so she had to wait until her husband came home.
③.用一般过去时的句子一般有过去的时间状语, 有时也用地点状语暗示动作的发生是在过去
a. Have you seen a pen ? I left it here this morning.
a. This time yesterday we were having an important meeting.
b. A year ago we were living in Shanghai.
②.过去进行时常与always, continually, frequently等词连用, 表示过去经常发生或反复发生的情况
a. The old man was always losing his way.
b. The two brothers were frequently quarrelling.
③.表示过去将要发生的动作, 这一用法仅限于一些表示位置转移的动词, 如: go, come, start, stay, leave等
④.过去进行时经常与一般过去时配合使用, 过去进行时表示过去的时间背景
a. The teacher was giving us a lesson when Tom walked into the room.
2.用法:
①.表示过去某时间或动作以前己经完成的动作或己存在的状态, 即“过去的过去”
a. When all his money had gone, Marx had to leave his house in London.
b. Marx had learned some English before he got to England.
c. He said he had never been to Shanghai.
d. By the middle of last month I had lived in Beijing for five years.
②.在带有after / before引导的时间状语的句子中, 由于after / before本身的词义己经表明了时间的先后, 所以这类句子中常用一般过去时代替过去完成时
a. We left the house before it began to rain.
b. I didn’t wait long before he came.
c. After we finished the tea, we all sat on the grass.
d. After he arrived in England, Marx worked hard to improve his English.
八.过去完成进行时:
2.用法: 表示一直持续进行到过去某一时刻的动作, 该动作可能刚刚结束, 也可能还在进行
a. I had been waiting for two hours before the manager came down to see me.
b. By the end of he had been learning English for five years.
1.shall / will do (shall用于第一人称), 此结构表示单纯的将来, 不涉及主语的主观意愿
a. I shall be twenty years old next year.
b. You will meet him at the station this afternoon.
c. The train will arrive soon.
2.be going to do sth, 此结构表示打算最近或将来要做某事, 或说话人根据己有迹象认为非常可能即将发生的事
a. I am going to meet Tom at the station at six.
b. He is going to stay here for a week.
c. Look at these black clouds --- it is going to rain.
d. I am afraid I am going to have a bad cold.
3.be +动词不定式, 此结构表示职责, 义务, 意图, 约定, 可能性等
a. You are to be back by 10 o’clock.
b. There is to be a sports meet next week.
c. We are to meet at the school gate.
4.be about to do sth, 此结构表示“立刻, 马上”要做某事或发生某情况
a. We are about to leave.
b. Autumn harvest is about to start.
a. This time tomorrow we will be talking with the boss about this matter.
b. I will be studying in this university for the next four years.
a. I will be seeing him next month.
b. We will be taking our holiday at the seaside in July.
c. He will be arriving at six tomorrow morning.
十一.将来完成时:
2.用法: 表示在将来的某一时刻之前将要完成的动作, 这一动作也可能继续进行
a. By seven o’clock this afternoon we shall have arrived in Shanghai if the train keeps good line.
b. Before noon we will have completed this work.
十二.过去将来时:
a. He said he would go to Shanghai for the holiday.
b. He told me that I should succeed.
a. They were going to have a meeting.
b. The students were going to plant some trees around the playground.
a. We were to finish the work in three days.
b. I was about to go out when a friend dropped in.
2.用法: 过去将来时表示相对过去某一时刻来说将要发生的动作或呈现的状态, 以上各形式的具体用法与一般将来时各形式的用法相似
a. The work must be done right now.
b. That prisoner may be sentenced to death.
a. His bike has been stolen.
b. This window was broken last night.
a. China was liberated in 1949.
b. I was told you were late this morning.
a. The plan has already been made.
b. Yao Ming was elected MVP of the last week.
三.主动句变被动句:
a. The manager gave me ten minutes to decide whether I should accept the offer.
→I was given ten minutes to decide whether I should accept the offer.
2.带有宾语从句的主动句变被动句时, 宾语从句变成主语从句, 通常不位于句首, 句首用形式主语it
a. We can learn from the text that delicious apples are big.
→It can be learned from the text that delicious apples are big.
3.带有双宾语的主动句变被动句时, 将直接宾语或间接宾语变成被动句的主语都可
a. My brother gave me a birthday present.
→I was given a birthday present. / A birthday present was given to me.
4.带有复合宾语 (即宾语+宾补) 的主动句变被动句时, 宾补的形式一般不变, 只是名称变成了主补, 但当宾补是不带to的不定式时, 要变成带to的不定式
a. I saw him play near the river. He was seen to play near the river.
5.含有短语动词的主动句变成被动句时, 不要遗漏短语动词中的介词或副词
a. The children must be taken good care of. / Good care must be taken of the children.
四.应注意的问题:
a. The children were excited at the news.
b. We are interested in the English novel.
c. The mother was worried about her son’s absence.
b. This kind of cloth washed very well.这种布很耐洗
c. This pen writes quite smoothly.这支笔很好使
d. This dish tastes good.这道菜味道不错
e. This kind of cloth feels smooth and soft.这料子摸起光滑柔软
3.不是所有的及物动词都有被动语态, 某些表示状态或关系的动词或短语动词只有主动语态, 而无相对应的被动语态. 常见的这类动词有: cost花费, fit适合, have有, hold容纳, lack缺乏, own拥有, suit适合, fail失败, belong to属于, agree with同意
考研是一个极具选拔性和自学性的考试，复习考研也是个长期漫长的过程，鉴于此，在总结不同梯度考生基础阶段学习情况的基础上，为广大考生具体规划考研英语基础阶段的复习，以便为以后考研的成功打下良好的基础。
现在正值春季，正是考研英语基础复习阶段，具体每日的复习时间，需要根据自身情况而定。不管同学们基础好还是差，都必须保证每天花在英语复习上的时间为两小时以上。由于英语复习具备连贯性，所以定下计划持之以恒很重要。
具体到每一天来讲，早上晨读时间的40分钟当然属于英语，而另外，上午从10点30左右可以开始正式的英语复习，坚持一个半小时。在春季基础阶段，只要的复习内容应安排为词汇和语法，坚持每天两篇阅读，每日如此推进，日日不断。在每天进行新内容的同时，在第二天可以用一点时间(半小时内)翻阅一下昨天复习任务，然后再进行当天的复习计划。
很多学生将考研失利的原因归结为词汇量不够，因此耗费了大量时间和精力机械地背诵英文词汇。其实，考研和国外的IELTS、TOEFL考试相比，最大的区别就在于，考研有明确的考纲，有规定的词汇考查范围。考研英语复习过程中，考生完全不需要毫无目的地记忆大量词汇，只需要将大纲规定的考研词汇研究透彻即可。
英语基础阶段以记忆词汇为主。在记单词的过程中可以采用以下五种记忆方法：形象记忆法、联想记忆法、例句记忆法、循环记忆法和同素记忆法。这五种方法中，联想记忆法和循环记忆法这两种方法比较好，具体的方法运用在我们的课程上有详细讲解。
语法是很多同学的弱项环节。语法弱意味着不能根据有序单词表达出的意思做出正确的反映，会造成信息链的断裂，而只有当你分清了句子的结构之后，才能将阅读、作文等内容和题意理解得更加明白。在考卷的阅读部分有四大难点：单词、长句子、非谓语、介词。这四点，其实有三点都涉及到了语法。因此加强语法的掌握力度可以有效拉高英语得分。
现在考研英语对阅读的考查越来越多，这也要求我们进一步的提高阅读能力。虽然考研的阅读理解有一定的规律可循，但是这些规律也在逐年的淡化。这几年反技巧的出题趋势越来越明显，考试越来越重视考生的真正阅读分析能力。所以，的考研考生们一定要提前打好基础，每天除了背单词、巩固语法知识外，还要阅读一定量的英语报刊。据了解，考研的阅读理解很多都是摘自国外的一些著名的报纸，如比如《发现》、《商业周刊》、《探索》、《经济学家》、《新闻周刊》等专业型极高的刊评等等。如果能找来的话，这些都是很好的阅读材料。而且还要刻意训练自己快速阅读的能力。考研英语的阅读量越来越大，里面不但有很多考查全文的主旨题，还有很多的细节题和作者态度题，这些内容的提炼都要我们在平时的阅读中渐渐地培养。
英语并不可怕，可怕的是同学们没有持之以恒的毅力，希望大家从现在开始认真备考，预祝大家在明年春天有一份喜悦的收获!
单项选择题是考查学生对句子的层次，对语法规则、词汇等掌握的情况，通过设定语境，词语或某些成分的位置变化等将考查知识与能力结合起来，突出语言的交际性、灵活性，实现知识与能力相结合的目标。有些题看起来似乎很难，很复杂，但只要学会掌握正确的分析问题的方法，那么，一切难题都是可以解答的。下面就一些题型的解题思路与技巧作一些归纳。
例.1. There are two small rooms in the house, ______is served as a kitchen .
A. the smaller of them B. the smaller of which
C. the smaller one D. the small one
2. ______ is well known, _____ Taiwan is part of China .
A. It; that B. It; which C. As; / D. As; that
例. --- Is Mrs White in the office ?
--- Yes, _____ she is on duty, she must be there today .
A. since B. until C. if D. while
例. I went to Beijing last week; ______ I met an old friend of mine .
A. there B. which C. where D. that
例. _____ some of this juice--- perhaps you’ll like it .
A. Trying B. Try C. To try D. Having tried
例. ______ several times, but he still does not know how to do it properly .
C. Having been shown D. I have shown him
例. 1. _____, we all went out for a picnic .
A. Being a fine day B. As being a fine day
C. It was a fine day D. It being a fine day
例. ____ can anyone be sure ______ look like in a million years ?
A. What; man will B. What; will man
C. That; man will D. That; will man
例. 1. Yu Gong talked of the difficulty he _____ the mountains in front of his house .
2. In my opinion, it is the best use _____ could be ______ this money .
C. which; made from D. that; made of
例. It was in the lab ____ was taken charge of by Drof. Havries ____ they did the experiment .
例. She looks forward every night to _____ American to study .
例. ____ we had been looking forward to .
A. After Kate stands the new teacher
B. Before Rose the new teacher stood
例. It was said ____ was ____ the Chinese raised silkworms .
A. that that; what B. what that; how
C. that that; how D. that what; that
1．判断动作的执行者：
例.1. --- Do you have any letters _____ , sir ?
--- Thank you . I have had them _____ .
A. typed; typed B. typing; typing
C. to type; type D. to be typed; typed
2.--- Do you have many exercises ______ tonight, Tom ?
--- Yes . Our teachers give us lots of exercises every day .
2． 从问答中找信息：
例. 1.--- Didn’t you pass the exam ?
--- _____, or I couldn’t _____ by my parents .
A. No, I did; be scolded B. No, I didn’t; have been scolded
C. Yes, I do; have scolded D. Yes, I did; have been scolded
2.--- Can I have _____ orange, Mum ?
--- Oh. Your sister has had it .
A. another B. an C. one more D. the other
3． 从谓语动词的时态来判断：
例. 1. The students feel happy that the building _____ is for the teachers, though there is much noise .
2. He must ____ a shower, for I can hear the water ______ .
C. have; running D. be having; running
3. The price _____, but I doubt whether it will remain so .
C. has gone down D. was going down
4． 从句中的时间状语来判断：
例. 1. The house _____ are for the teachers and construction work will begin soon .
A. built B. to be built C. to build D. being built
2. The teachers have moved into the new houses ______ last term .
A. built B. to be built C. being built D. having been built
3. The houses ______ now near the school are for our teachers .
A. are being built B. being built
根据某些语法规则及对话体， 句中的某些成分是可以省略的。而出题的人往往采用省略。
例. 1. People shake hands and say “ How do you do ?” when ______ to each other .
A. being introduced B. introducing
2. When _____ some questions about the accident, the manager of the coal mine kept silent .
A. ask B. being asked C. asked D. asking
例. If _____, the material will give ______ an unpleasant smell .
例. 1. An apple is _____, if not better than , an orange .
2. Of course they were later than ______; but _____ they were in time to start the game .
A. expected; at all B. expecting; in all
C. we expected; after all D. expected; after all
例. This is the first film ______ I have seen in my life .
A. which B. where C. what D. /
例--Mum, why do you always ask me to drink a glass of milk every day?
-----------______enough protein and nutrition as you______
A . Get, grow up B. Getting, grow up
C. To get, are growing up D. To be getting, are growing up
例1.-----What do you think makes Jane so sad?
--------______ the news that her father died yesterday.
A. Because she heard B. She heard C. Hearing D . Heard
2.We should do all ____ we can ______ the poor children in the western area
A. what .help B. that , to help C. what, to help D. that, help
例.With lots of trees and flowers _____ here and there, our school looks very beautiful.
A. having planted B. planted C. having been planted D. to be planted
例.______ the yard ,I found it_____ with lots of ______ leaves.
A. Entering, covering, falling B. Entering, covered, fallen
C. Entering , covering ,fallen D. Having entered, covered, falling
例.___________,it wasn’t a dad holiday.
A. Considering everything B. Considered everything
C . Considering anything D. Considered anything
弄清楚句中的动词是及物还是不及物动词是决定主动语态还是被动语态的关键，是选非谓语动词形式的关键。
例.Without the teacher_______ us, none of us tried our best in the running
A. times B. timing C. timed D. time
例.1. The old scientist often has his light ______ all night long
A. burn B. burned C. burning D. to be burned__
2.The boy lay on the ground, with his eyes_______ straight upward, and his teeth_________
A. looking, setting B. looked ,set C. looking, set D. looked, setting
例.1.Never_______ faith in himself, the scientist went on with his research
A. losing B. to lose C. lost D. to be lost
2. _______ in thought , Einstein knocked into the tree
A. Lost B. To lose C. Losing D. To be lost
例. _______ great help, I could get rid of all the difficulty and succeeded
A. Offered B. Having offered C. Being supplied D. Having supplied
例.The Yellow river, ______ “the mother river”, runs across like a huge dragon
A. calling B. called C. being called D. to be called
与省略相反，编者按语法规则增加一些成分或变换句子的语序等使原来的句子的结构发生变化，使之复杂化
例.Is this hotel_____ you said we could stay in your letter?
A. the one B. which C. where D. that
2. Who has the manager_______ the machine?
A. repaired B. have repaired C. had repaired d. to repair
例.It was with great courage________ the boy told the truth_______
A. which, that B. when, that C. as, that D. that, that
例.The scientist has developed a new kind of plant, _____ of great value to farming.
A. which he thinks is B. which he thinks it is
C. which he thinks it D. he thinks which is
例.The young man, who was caught______ the lady’s purse in the shop, was taken to the police station.
A. steal B. to steal C. stealing D. stole
例.1. They are talking about the difficulty the kind old man_______ a hope school for the children.
A. has set up B. has to set up C. setting up D. has setting up
2. Hearing the news, he rushed out, ____ the book____ on the table and disappeared.
A. left, lain upon B. leaving, lying upon C. leaving, lie upon D. left, lay opened
例.Salesmen are so smart that customers can’t help_____ to buy something they don’t really need.
A. to be persuaded B. persuading C. being persuade D. be persuaded
例.The old scientist is considered______ the mobile phone.
A. inventing B. to invent C. to have invented D. having invented
例.1. She left a child,______ home as an old woman.
A. and returned B. returning C. to return D. returned
2. It was a matter of _____ would take the position
A. who B. whoever C. whom D. whomever
英语中动词有谓语和非谓语之分。谓语动词在人称和数上要与主语保持一致，而非谓语动词没有人称和数的变化。非谓语动词主要包括：动词不定式，动词的-ing形式和过去分词三种。
学非谓语动词必须要了解它们的形式和在句子中的功能，请看下面两个表格：
1.非谓语动词的时态和语态形式（以动词do为例）：
一般式 主动 to do doing 动词的过去分词只有一种形式即done。及物动词的过去分词常表示被动和完成，而个别动词(多数是不及物动词)只表示完成
被动 to have been done having been done
进行式 to be doing ×
完成进行式 to have been doing ×
2. 非谓语动词在句子中的功能：
不定式 √ √ √ √ √ √ ×
_ing形式 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
过去分词 × × √ √ √ √ ×
一． 动词不定式的时态：
不定式的一般式通常表示不定式动作发生在谓语动词之后或与谓语动词同时发生；不定式的进行式（通常用于动态延续性动词）表示不定式动作与谓语动作同步发生；不定式的完成式通常表示不定式动作先于谓语动词而发生或表示一个实际未发生的动作；不定式的完成进行式往往强调不定式动作在谓语动词之前一直在进行。例如：
1. When I spoke to him, he pretended ___________(look) for something here and there.
2. He looked tired. He seemed ______________(work) all night.
3. Charles Babbage is generally considered ___________(invent) the first computer.
4. I would love _________ (go) to the party last night but I had to work extra hours to finish a report.
5. He ordered the man __________ (go) there at once.
二． 动词不定式的语态：
一般情况下，在一个含有不定式的句子中，如果有不定式的逻辑主语（即不定式动作的执行者）该不定式常用主动形式；如果出现的是不定式的逻辑宾语（即不定式动作的承受者），该不定式常用被动形式。但是，下面几种结构却常用主动表示被动：
(1).在easy, difficult, hard, heavy, light, fit, nice, comfortable等表示性质特征的形容词之后的不定式或用这些词修饰一个名词后跟的不定式常用主动表示被动；
(2).少数动词如blame(责备), let(出租)等的不定式作表语时常用主动表示被动。
6. This sentence is easy ___________ (understand).
7. I can’t go out with you today, as I have a lot of clothes_________ (wash).
8. “Have you any clothes __________ (wash) today?” asked the maid (女佣).
9.Our school is a nice place _________ (visit).
10. I found the chair comfortable _________ (sit) in.
11. I think the question difficult ________ (answer).
12. It’s I who am ________ (blame).
13. The officer ordered the soldiers ________ (fire) the guns.
14. The officer ordered the guns _________ (fire).
三._ing形式的时态:
_ing形式的一般式通常表示该动作与谓语动词同时发生或发生在谓语之后；完成式则表示
动作先于谓语动词而发生。如：
15. ________ (Walk) through the park, I saw some lovely flowers.
16. He was praised for __________ (teach) for 60 years.
17. I heard him __________ (sing) when I passed his room.
18. _________ (Finish) the work, he went home.
19. He insisted on _________ (join) the army.
四._ing形式的语态：
一般情况下，需要找准-ing动词的逻辑主语，若它们之间是主谓关系，-ing动词常用
主动；若它们之间是动宾关系，-ing动词就要用被动。但在动词need, want, require,及形容
词worth之后的-ing必须用主动表示被动。如：
20. He won’t come without __________ (invite).
21. The flowers in the garden need _______ (water).
22. Thank you for _________ (give) us so much help.
23. The building ________ (build) now will be a hospital.
24. ________ (give) such a good chance, how could she let it slip?
25. The book is well worth ________ (read).
动词不定式和动词的_ing形式都可以在句子中作主语。
（1）、一般来说，不定式作主语时，通常表示一次性的、特指的、具体的或将来的动作；而_ing形式作主语时，通常表示一个经常性的、泛指的、或不具体的动作。如：
26. ________ (refuse) him is not easy this time.
27. _________ (walk) is a good form of exercise for both the young and old.
28. ________ (teach) English is my job.
29. ________ (be) a teacher is her greatest wish in the future.
（2）、当句子的主语和表语都是非谓语动词时，两者在形式上一般保持一致；比较状语从句中的主语形式通常也取决于主句里的主语形式。如：
30. ______ (see) is to believe.==________ (see) is believing.
31. ________ (say) is easier than to do.
32. ________ (speak) a foreign language is more difficult than reading it.
（3）、在日常英语中，为了句子结构的平衡，常用it作形式主语而将不定式或-ing放在句末
这时候要注意下面的习惯句型：
It + be + 形容词或名词+ (for / of sb.) + to do sth.
It + take + sb. +some time / sth. + to do sth.
It + be + no use / no good / useless / a waste of sth. / worth + doing sth.
There + be + no + doing sth. (做某事是不行或不可能的)
33. It was foolish of you _________ (give) up what you rightly owned.
34. There is no ________ (hold) back the wheel of history.
35. I think it’s no good _______ (argue) with your parents.
动词不定式和动词的_ing形式都可以在句子中作宾语。
（1）、有些及物动词后只能接动词不定式作宾语，不能接-ing形式，常见的有：hope, wish, expect, decide, promise, offer, agree, manage, pretend, plan, refuse, fail 等等。
（2）、有些及物动词后只能接动词的_ing形式作宾语，不能接不定式，常见的有：enjoy, imagine, risk, appreciate, suggest, advise, admit, miss, practise, forbid, avoid, resist, escape, delay, finish, permit, allow, mind, keep, consider, excuse 等等。
（3）、有些动词后既可以接不定式，也可以接-ing形式作宾语，意义相同，常见的有：begin, start, continue, intend, bear, attempt等等。但要注意，begin, start 如遇下面三种情况时接不定式为最佳：
A. 句子的主语是物而不是人时，如：The ice began to melt.
B. 当begin, start 用了进行时态时, 如：He’s beginning to understand it.
C. 当begin, start 后作宾语的动词属于心理活动、精神状态类动词（如realize, understand, love, like, know 等等）时，如：It began to rain and I began to realize I should go home.
（4）、有些动词后既可以接不定式，也可以接-ing形式作宾语，意义有细微差别，常见的动词有：like / love / prefer / hate to do sth.(表示一个特定的、一次性的、将来的动作)
like /love / prefer /hate doing sth. (表示一般的、习惯性的、或正在进行的动作)
36. I like _________ (swim) but I don’t like _______ (swim) today.
37. Would you love ________ (go) to the zoo with us?
38. I felt like _______ (cry) at the news.
（5）、有些动词后既可以接不定式，也可以接-ing形式作宾语，意义完全不同，常见动词有：
39. We must try ________ (finish) the work on time.
Let’s try _______ (work) out the maths problem in another way,
40. I remember ______ (see) her somewhere before.
You must remember _______ (post) the letter for me.
41. He forgot ______ (pay) and asked to be paid again.
Don’t forget _______ (turn) off the light when you leave.
42. I regret _______ (miss) such a good chance.
I regret _______ (say) that I can’t lend you so much money.
43. Doing like that means _________ (cheat).
I didn’t mean ________ (hurt) your feeling that day.
44. I can’t help ________ (do) housework today. I’m busy preparing a report.
I couldn’t help _________ (think) of my childhood while seeing the film.
45. When the teacher came in, the students stopped _______ (talk).
As he was very busy that day, he didn’t stop _______ (talk) with me.
46. Though it was raining, the peasants went on ________ (work) in the fields.
After listening to the text, we went on _______(read).
47. The baby needs ______ (look) after. =The baby needs ________ after.
You don’t need _______ (look) after the baby today.
48. Our school is well worth ________ (visit).
Our school is well worthy ________ (visit).= Our school is well worthy of _________.
（6）、介词后的宾语一般用动词的-ing形式，但要注意：but和except之后通常接不定式；介词之后若有连接词时也要接不定式。如：
49. I have no choice but _______ (wait).
50. He gave me some advice on how _______ (study) it well.
51. He has no idea of what _______ (do) next.
52. I was about ______ (go) out when it began to rain.
注意：A. 下面短语中的to是介词，后面要接动词的-ing形式而不接不定式。
devote---to---, look forward to, pay attention to, prefer---to---, lead to, be close to, refer to, belong to, as to, get down to, owing to, be / get /become used to(习惯于------),等等。
B.有些短语中介词经常省略，这时要注意接动词的-ing形式，如：be busy (in) doing sth., spend money /time (in) doing sth., have difficulty /trouble / problems (in) doing sth., prevent / stop ---(from) doing sth.,等等。
（7）、当不定式和_ing形式作“主语+谓语+宾语+补语”句型中的宾语时，要用it作形式宾语，把真正的宾语置于补语之后，常见句型有：
主语+ make / feel /think /find /consider, etc. + it + adj. / n. + (for / of sb.) + to do sth.
主语+ make /feel /think /find /consider, etc. + it + no good /no use /useless + doing sth.
所有的非谓语动词都可以在句子中作表语，其区别在：
（1）、不定式作表语通常表示一次性、特指的、将来的或具体的动作，有时还可以表示计划安排将要发生的事或一种命令要求。
（2）、-ing形式作表语通常表示习惯性、泛指的、不具体的动作或表示主语的性质特征（主要是一些表示感情情绪的词，译为“令人感到……的”）
（3）、过去分词作表语通常表示主语所处的状态，常具有被动含义（主要是一些表示感情情绪的词，译为“感到……的”），这样的动词常见的有：surprise, move, excite, interest, shock, tire, bore, touch, encourage, disappoint, invite, inspire, amuse等等。如：
53. No one is ______ (leave) this building without the permission of the police.
54. My job is ______ (teach) English and my wish is ______ (be) a lawyer.
55. The president is ______ (visit) our country next month.
56. The speech was very _________ (move) and we were all _______ (move) to tears.
所有的非谓语动词都可以作定语，其区别在：
（1）、不定式作定语常放在被修饰的名词之后，通常可以表示：
A. 一个发生在谓语动词之后的动作。如：
The building to be built next month will be a hospital.
B. 被修饰的名词与用作定语的不定式之间可能是逻辑上的“主+谓”关系，也可能是逻辑上的“动+宾”关系。如：
Do you have anyone to help you? (“主+谓”关系)
I have nothing to write. (“动+宾”关系) 我没有什么东西可写。
C. 如果是“动+宾”关系，动词不定式之后有时需要添上适当的介词，而在名词time, place, moment, way等之后的不定式所带的介词可以省略，如：
I have nothing to write on. 我没有什么东西可以上面写字。
I have nothing to write with. 我没有什么东西可以用来写字。
I have no time to rest.
注意：这种带介词的不定式短语常可以转换为“介词+which / whom+不定式”的结构。例：They had only a cold room to live in.==
They had only a cold room in which to live.
D. 下列情况常用不定式作定语：
当句子中的谓语是一些特定的动词，如：be, find, get, give, have, need, want等，它们后面的名词（宾语或表语）常用不定式修饰。
当名词前有特定的定语，如：first, last, next, only, second以及形容词最高级时，其后常用不定式作定语。
在There be句型中，主语之后常用不定式作定语。
有一些特定的名词之后常用不定式作定语，常见的有：time, chance, right, promise, wish, plan, means, ability等。
例：You have no right to speak here.
He is the only person to know the truth.
There is nothing to worry about.
My parents had no chance to go to college.
（2）、动词的_ing形式作定语时，如果是单个词，常放在被修饰名词之前；如果是-ing短语，要放在名词之后。_ing作定语通常可以表示：
A. 被修饰名词的用途，如：a sleeping car, a waiting room, a walking stick, etc.
B. 被修饰名词的性质特征，如：exciting news, a moving story, etc.
C．被修饰名词正在进行的动作，如：a falling leaf, a burning stick, boiling water, etc.
（3）、过去分词作定语通常表示：
A. 被动，如：He is a man loved by all the people.
B. 完成，如：The building built last year is our classroom building.
a fallen leaf, a developed country, boiled water
C. 被修饰名词所处的状态，如：an excited boy, the disappointed parents, surprised eyes, etc.
所有的非谓语动词都可以在句子中充当状语，其区别在：
（1）、不定式（短语）常在句子中作目的、结果和原因状语，常见句式有：
目的：to do sth.; in order to do sth.; so as to do sth.
结果：so + adj. /adv. + as to do sth.; such + n. + as to do sth.; enough to do sth.; too…to do sth.; only to do sth.
原因：be happy / glad / sorry / sad ,etc. + to do sth.
（2）、_ing形式和过去分词位于句首时常作时间、原因、条件状语，位于句末时主要作方式、伴随或结果状语。究竟该用_ing还是过去分词，主要取决于句子的主语，若它们之间是主动关系就用_ing形式，若是被动关系，就用过去分词。
57. He raised his hand ________ the taxi stop. (have)
58. _______ from the top of the hill, our school looks more beautiful. (see)
59. The parents died, _______ him an orphan. (leave)
60. ______ to college, he works very hard. (go)
61. I’m not such a boy as ______ him. (believe)
62. _______ ill, he was sent to a hospital. (be)
注意：A. 非谓语动词作状语时，其逻辑主语通常是句子的主语，如：
（×）Being a fine day, we went out for an outing.
（√）As it was a fine day, we went out for an outing.
（√）It being a fine day, we went out for an outing.
(×) Hearing the news, tears came to my eyes.
（√）Hearing the news, I burst into tears.
（√）When I heard the news, tears came to my eyes.
B．有些非谓语动词可以相当于独立成分、介词或连词使用，这时候它们常有自己固定的形式，与句子的主语不存在任何的逻辑关系，常见的有：
to tell (you) the truth, to be honest, (老实说)
generally / strictly / exactly speaking (一般/严格/准确地说)
including (其中包括……) compared with / to… (与……相比)
所有的非谓语动词都可以作补语，在使用中要注意下面几种情况：
（1）、有许多动词，如：ask, tell, allow, force, cause, encourage, 等之后都可以接不定式作宾语补足语。
（2）、在感官动词notice, observe, feel, hear, listen to, see, watch, look at之后可以接三种非谓语动词作补语，其区别在：_ing作补语表示与谓语动词同时进行的动作，如果这个动作与宾语是被动关系，还要用其被动形式being done；过去分词作补语常表示一个完成被动的动作；不定式作补语可以表示一个全过程、一个具体的、将来的、或经常性的动作。如：
63. I saw the classroom ________ (clean) when I passed by it.
64. The missing children were last seen ______ (play) by the river.
65. I often hear him ________ (sing) in the next room.
66. I saw the room _________ (clean). Everything was put in order.
67. I saw him ________ (open) the door, _______ (walk) into the room, and ______ (sit) down at the desk.
（3）、注意使让动词之后的补语用法：
A．have sb. do sth.==get sb. to do sth. “请/叫/让某人做某事” 与宾语的关系是主动的。
B．have sb./ sth. doing sth.“使某人一直做某事/容许某人做某事”，强调主动和进行。
C．get sb. doing sth.“使某人开始做某事”。
D．have sb./sth. done ==get sb./sth. done“使某人/某物被……或使……遭受……”，表示被动
E．make /let sb. do sth.表主动。
F. make /let sb. /sth. /oneself done 表示被动。
（4）、有些动词后不能接非谓语动词特别是不定式作宾语补足语，常考的动词有：agree, refuse, hope, suggest, demand, etc.
(5)、有些动词后需要接_ing作宾语，而接不定式作宾语补足语，常见的动词有：advise, allow, permit, forbid, encourage等。
例：68.You’d better have someone else _______ (help) you. I’m too busy.
69.He already had his eyes ________ (examine) in the hospital yesterday.
70.The speaker explained it again to make himself _______ (understand).
71.We don’t allow _____ (smoke) in our classroom.
72.He didn’t allow his son _____ (play) computer games.
动词的_ing形式常被用来解释一个名词的具体内容，在句子中充当同位语，如：
His habit, studying at night, remains unchanged.
The gesture for “OK”, making a circle with one’s thumb and index finger, has different meaning in different countries.
一、 否定结构：
所有非谓语动词的否定结构都是在非谓语动词前直接加否定词not或never等构成。
例：Excuse me for not coming back in time.
Not having received a reply, He decided to writer again.
He advised me never to go out alone at night.
不定式复合结构是指带有主语的动词不定式，其形式有以下两种：
（1）、for sb. to do sth.(侧重动作), 可以用于各种句子结构中。
（2）、of sb. to do sth.(侧重对逻辑主语品行的评价)，这种结构主要用于下列形容词之后：bad, brave, careful careless, clever, foolish, cruel, kind, rude, polite, stupid等。
73.It’s very important ____ us to learn English well.
74.It’s very foolish ____ you to believe him. == You are very foolish to believe him
75.There are a lot of difficulties ____ them to overcome.
76.I stepped aside ____ her to pass.
由动名词的逻辑主语和动词_ing一起构成，在句子中主要作主语和宾语，其形式有：
注意、A、当句子的主语就是_ing动词的逻辑主语时不能用复合结构。如：
Would you mind opening the door? (You open the door.)
Would you mind my / me opening the door? (I open the door.)
B、_ing作主语放在句首时，只能用第（1）种形式的复合结构。如：
His being ill made us very sad.
C、当无生命的名词或两个以上的名词/代词并列作_ing的逻辑主语时，只能用第（2）种形式的复合结构。如：
Can you hear the noise of the machine running.
Is there any hope of him and his sister winning the prize?
（1）、由“名词或代词主格+动词的_ing形式或过去分词”构成，在句子中作状语，可以表示时间、原因、条件、伴随情况或方式。主要用于句子的主语不是非谓语动词的逻辑主语时。如：
77.All the work_______ (do), he had a rest. （时间状语）
78.Weather ________ (permit), we will go outing tomorrow.（条件状语）
79.The boy stood there, his right hand _______ (raise). （伴随情况）
80.He _____ (be) ill, we sent him to a hospital. （原因状语）
81.There ______ (be) no buses, we had to walk home.（原因状语）
（2）、由“with/without +名词/代词宾格+动词_ing /过去分词/不定式/介词（短语）/形容词/副词”等构成，在句子中可以作状语或定语。如：
82.The murderer was brought in, with his hands _____ (tie) behind his back.
83.With a lot of work ____ (do), I can’t go to the cinema with you.
84.He left without anybody ______ (know).
五、“连接词+ to do”，“when/while/though/unless/if, etc. + done /doing”结构的区别
（1）、“连接词+to do”相当于一个名词的作用，在句中作主语、宾语和表语，常可以转换成由该连词引出的从句。
(2)、“when/while/though/unless/if, etc. + done/doing” 在句子中只能作状语，主句的主语是此结构中doing和done的逻辑主语，如果它们之间的关系是主动的，就用doing，是被动的就用done。
85. Please tell me what _______ (do ) next. ==Please tell me what I should do next.
86. The problem is whether _______ (go) by bus or by plane.
87. When ______ (start) the project hasn’t been decided yet.
88. Be careful when / while ________(cross) the street.
89. When________ (heat), ice will melt.
90. He won’t go to the party unless _______ (invite).
一、 省略不定式符号to的情况：
(1).不定式在感官动词notice, observe, feel, hear, listen to, see, watch, look at, 和使让动词have, make, let 之后作宾语补足语时，符号to必须省略。但是当这些动词用于被动语态时，动词不定式变为主语补足语，符号to不能省略。
例：We often hear him sing the song at home.→ He is often heard to sing the song at home.
(2).在动词help之后作宾语或宾语补足语的不定式，符号to可有可无。
(3).两个或两个以上的不定式由连词and / or / than / but 等连接时，从第二个不定式起的符号to常常省略。
例：The students are taught to read, write and do many other things.
例：It’s more difficult to do than to say.
The teacher came not to punish you but to help you.
I wondered whether to stay or to leave.
(4).不定式作表语，用来解释主语部分中do的内容时可以不带to。如：
What we want to do now is (to) lie down and rest.
The first thing she did was go up to her trainer and thank her.
(5).在why或why not引起的表示建议或责问的省略问句中不能带to。
Why quarrel with your mother? Why not join us?
(6).在一些类似情态动词的词组如：had better, would rather … than … , can’t (help / choose) but 等之后的动词不带to。
(7).不定式作but或except的宾语时，若前面有实意动词do / does / did / to do等形式，不带to。如：
I did nothing but / except do my homework last night.
She had nothing to do but wait.
(8).当助动词do / does / did用来加强语气或构成倒装句时，其后的动词不能带to。如：
Seldom does he go home this term. I did tell him the news.
(9).当dare用作实意动词时，后面的不定式有时也不带to，特别是在否定句中。
She didn’t dare (to) ask the teacher.
(10).在美国口语中，用在祈使语气中表示目的，在动词come / try / go / run等之后的不定式可以不带to。如：
Come tell me if he arrives. Go tell your mother. Try open the door again.
二、 省略to之后的动词部分的情况：
一般说来，当不定式内容是重复前面的内容时，to后的成分可以承前省略，但要保留符
号to，此时省略的成分相当于do so，这种结构一定要有上文或一定的语境。如：
_ Will you go with me? _ Well, I’d like to.
_ Why didn’t you bring an umbrella with you? _ I meant to, but I forgot about it.
The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street, but his mother told him not to.
He can’t eat as much as he used to.
注意：当不定式内容是助动词be / have时，to后要保留原形的be / have。如：
He hasn’t succeeded in the exam, but in fact he ought to have.
She is no longer what she used to be.
1. It shames me to say it, but I told a lie when _______ at the meeting by my boss.
A. questioning B. having questioned C. questioned D. to be questioned
2. Helen had to shout _______ above the sound of the music. (2004 Ⅲ)
A. making herself hear B. to make herself hear
C. making herself heard D. to make herself heard
3. She will tell us why she feels so strongly that each of us has a role _____ in making the earth a better place to live. ()
A. to have played B. to play C. to be played D. to be playing
4. When I handed the report to John, he said that George was the person ______ .()
A. to send B. for sending it C. to send it to D. for sending it to
5. Victor apologized for ______ to inform me of the change in the plan. (2004)
A. his being not able B. him not to be able C. his not being able D. him to be not able
6. _ Mum, why do you always ask me to eat an egg every day?
_ ______ enough protein and nutrition as you are growing up. (NMET)
A. Get B. Getting C. To get D. To be getting
7. The purpose of new technologies is to make life easier, ______ it more difficult. (NMET1999)
A. not make B. not to make C. not making D. do not make
8. European football is played in 80 countries, ______ it the most popular sport in the world. (NMET). A. making B. makes C. made D. to make
9. Don’t leave the water _______ while you brush your teeth. (2004)
A. run B. running C. being run D. to run
10. With two exams _______ , I have to work really hard this weekend. (2004)
A. worrying about B. worried about C. to worry about D. to worry
11. Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; there are pictures _______ in your mind instead of before your eyes. (2004)
A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed
12. Sarah, hurry up. I’m afraid you won’t have time to ______ before the party. (2004)
A. get changed B. get change C. get changing D. get to change
13. A cook will be immediately fired if he is found _______ in the kitchen. (2003)
A. smoke B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked
14. Alice returned from the manager’s office, _______ me that the boss wanted to see me at once. (2004). A. having told B. tells C. to tell D. telling
15. _______ in the queue for half an hour, Tom suddenly realized that he had left his wallet at home. (2004) A. To wait B. Have waited C. Having waited D. To have wait
参考答案：1~5 CDBCC 6~10 CBABC 11~15 CABDC
第二节：1. to be looking 2. to have been working 3. to have invented 4. to have gone
5. to go 6. to understand 7. to wash 8. to be washed
9.to visit 10. to sit 11. to answer 12. to blame
13. to fire 14. to be fired 15. Walking 16. having taught
17.singing 18. having finished 19. joining 20. being invited
21. watering 22. giving 23. being built 24. Given
第三节：26. To refuse 27. Walking 28. Teaching 29. To be
30. To see; Seeing 31. To say 32. Reading 33. to give
34. holding 35. arguing 36. swimming; to swim 37. to go
38. crying 39. to finish; working 40. seeing; to post 41. being paid; to turn 42. missing; to say 43. cheating; to hurt 44. to do; thinking 45. talking; to talk
46. working; to read 47. looking/to be looked; to look 48. visiting; to be visited/being visited 49. To wait 50. to study 51. to do 52. to go 53. to learn
54. teaching; to be 55. to visit 56. moving; moved 57. to have 58. Seen
59. leaving 60. to go 61. to believe 62. Being 63. being cleaned/cleaned
64. playing 65. sing 66. cleaned 67. open; walk; sit 68. help
69. examined 70. understood 71. smoking 72. to play
第四节：73. for 74. of 75. for 76. for 77. done 78. permitting
79. raised 80. being 81. being 82. tied 83. to do 84. knowing
85. to do 86. to go 87. to start 88. crossing 89. heated 90. invited
非谓语动词有三种形式：不定式，动词ing形式(v-ing)及过去分词(ed分词)。
不定式的基本形式是由“to+ 动词原形”构成，其否定形式是not to do，不定式可以带自己的宾语或状语，构成不定式短语，没有人称和数的变化，但有时态和语态的变化，不定式在句中可作主语、表语、宾语、定语、状语、补足语，不作谓语。如：
Lucy asked him to turn up the radio.
To make a plan first is a good idea.
1. 动词不定式不失动词的特点，有时态和语态的变化，不定式有六种形式，以write为例：
(1)不定式的时态：
①不定式所表达的动作与谓语动词同时发生或是在谓语动词之后发生，不定式用一般式，如：
It seems that he knows this.
鯤e seems to know this.
I hope that I'll see you again.
鯥 hope to see you again.
②不定式所表达的动作与谓语动词同时发生，并强调动作正在进行的情景，或持续性，不定式用进行式，如：
He pretended that he was listening to English course when I came in.
鯤e pretended to be listening to English course when I came in.
I am very glad that I am working with you.
鯥 am very glad to be working with you.
③不定式的动作发生在谓语动词之前，不定式用完成式，如：
I am sorry that I have put you so much trouble.
鯥 am sorry to have put you so much trouble.
It seems that I have met you somewhere before.
鯥 seem to have met you somewhere before.
④如果强调不定式所表示的动作从过去某一时刻起一直持续到某一时刻，不定式用完成进行时，强调动作的持续性，不强调结果。如：
She seems to have been reading the novel for three hours.
The rain was said to have been falling for a week.
(2)不定式的语态：当不定式的逻辑主语与不定式是被动关系时，不定式一般用被动式。如：
This is the plan to be discussed at today's meeting.
The novel is said to have been translated into several languages.
Whether most countries can use natural energy in future remains to be seen.
(1)不定式作主语：
To say is one thing; to do is another.
To read novels is my hobby.
it形式主语常常代替作主语的不定式，而将不定式或不定式短语放在后面。
To talk with him is a great pleasure.
鯥t is great pleasure to talk with him.
To make electricity by building a dam across the sea is possible.
鯥t is possible to make electricity by building a dam across the sea.
注意：①To see is to believe. 主语和表语都是不定式，不能用it代替：It is to believe to see是错误的。
②To answer correctly is more important than to finish quickly. 而finish与finishing放在than后面都是不合适的，因为前面句子的主语是to answer，后面的主语也要是to finish, 保持than前后句子结构平行。
At that time his job was to write reports for the newspaper.
This suit doesn't seem to fit me.
The problems remain to be unsettled.
(3)不定式作宾语：在下列及物动词后，常跟不定式作宾语：want, need, hope, wish, expect, like, hate, try, manage, forget, remember, know, begin, start, intend, plan, mean, pretend, prefer, agree, refuse, learn等。
To keep the water clean, you need to get some under water plants.
I prefer to stay at home rather than go out.
They have decided to visit the nature park for the milu deer.
注意：不定式作宾语时，有时用“it”替换，it为形式宾语，而将真正的不定式作宾语后置，如：
I found to learn English well not easy.
鯥 found it not easy to learn English well.
I feel to help others my duty.
鯥 feel it my duty to help others.
Jim told me to give his best wishes to everyone here.
What caused you to change your mind?
在被动语态was considered后面，不定式为主语补足语接不定式作宾补和主补的动词常有:
ask, beg, cause, call n, help, force, allow, permit, advise, order, get, want, wish, tell
等。
(其中没有hope sb. to do, suggest sb. to do和agree sb. to do)
注意：①不定式作宾语补足语，在部分感官及使役动词后，用不带to的不定式作宾语，常用的动词有：let, make, have, see, watch, notice, observe, look at, listen to, feel等，help有无to都可以，如：
The teacher had us recite the text every day.
The boss made his men work all the night.
把上面句子变成被动语态后，不定式成为句子的主语补足语，需带to，即在被动语态中不定式一律带to，不存在省略问题。
注意：②在谓语动词think, consider, suppose, believe, imagine, prove, find等后面跟to be作宾补，不跟to do，但其中有些可跟to have done作宾补。如：
Imagine yourself(to be)in his place.
We found him(to be)honest.
suppose…to be/suppose…to have done.
I suppose him to be about fifty.
We suppose him to have stolen it.
(5)不定式作定语：不定式作定语，有时与前面被修饰的名词逻辑上有动宾关系，如果不定式是不及物动词或所修饰的名词是不定式的地点，工具等，不定式后面须有相应的介词，如：
I have a meeting to attend. (attend the meeting)
Pass me a piece of paper to write on. (write on the paper)
在time, place, way后面的不定式省略介词，如：
He had no money and no place to live.
其他不定式作定语情况，如：
I have no chance to go abroad.
They had never moment to rest.
There is a lot of work to do.
=There is a lot of work to be done.
There is no time to lose.
=There is no time to be lost.
但是在下列句子中，不定式主动与被动形式意义不同：
--Have you anything to wash?
--No, nothing. I plan to go shopping.
不定式动作的执行者是you. you wash something
--Have you anything to be washed?
--No, Thank you.
不定式动作的执行者不是you. 是省略了的(…to be washed)by me或by someone else.
I got up early in order to catch the 6∶30 train.
The boy ran all the way so as not to be late.
注意：so as to不能置于句首，in order to可以。
②作原因状语：
He smiled to think of his clever plan.
③在某些形容词后面作状语：
I am glad to see you.
You are sure to succeed.
④作结果状语：
第一, I hurried to the post office, only to find it closed. (出乎意料的结果)
He is too old to read.
The boy is too young to dress himself.
当不定式前的形容词为nervous, pleased, willing, delighted, happy, glad等时，too…to，“to…”可译作肯定，
They are too nervous to leave. 他们急于离开
I am only too pleased to help you.
We are never too old to learn. 活到老，学到老。
第三，形容词/副词enough to do sth.
He was quick enough to catch the ball.
The girl is old enough to go to school.
第四，so…as to/such…as to如此……以致于……
He was so angry that he was unable to speak.
He was so angry as to be unable to speak.
He was such a fool that he believed the cheat.
He was such a fool as to believe the cheat.
⑤不定式作方面状语，不定式作方面状语与句子的主语构成逻辑上的动宾关系，不定式多用主动结构，如果不定式为及物动词，后面不必再跟宾语，如果不定式为不及物动词，要用相应的介词，如：
The mountain is difficult to climb. (动宾关系：climb the mountain)
Lesson Two is easy to learn. (动宾关系：learn Lesson Two)
3. 不定式的逻辑主语：不定式的逻辑主语一般是句子的主语，如He seemed to be reading something, 当需要明确指出不定式动作的执行者时，用for/of sb. (sth. )to do sth. 表示，如：
(1)当作表语的形容词表达不定式的逻辑主语的品行，性格，性质时，要用of，常见的这类形容词有:
brave, careful, careless, kind, nice, good, honest, clever, wise, unwise, stupid, foolish, rude, cruel, silly, thoughtful, impolite, polite, right, wrong, 等。这时It+ be+ 形容词+ of sb. /sth. to do sth. 句型，等于sb. /sth. + be+ 形容词to do sth. , 如：
It is very kind of you to say so.
相当于You are very kind to say so.
It is clever of him to win the competition.
鯤e is clever to win the competition.
It+ be+ 形容词+ for sb. /sth. to do sth. 这一句型中的形容词大多为：
easy, important, usual, difficult, hard, possible, impossible, necessary等。这些词只能说明不定式行为的是与非，不能说明不定式的执行者，所以不等于sb. + be+ 形容词+ to do sth. ，如：
1)It is difficult for beginners to read the book.
不能说：Beginners are difficult to read.
但是第一类，即It+ be+ 形容词+ of sb. to do sth. 句型中的形容词，如right, impolite…等如果强调评论人用of，强调评论行为也可用for，应用情况如下：
(1)当sb. 为泛指时，形容词着重评论不定式行为本身，如：
It was not right for the south to break away from the Union.
(2)当不定式为被动语态时，不定式的执行者常常省略，因此形容词只用来评论不定式行为了。
It was unkind for you to be laughed at.
4. 带疑问词的不定式：动词不定式可以和疑问词what, which, how, where, when, whether等连用，构成不定式短语，如：
The question is when to start.
They haven't ageed on whether to build a factory here or not.
what to say.
I don't know what to write about.
how to do it.
注意：没有if to do和why to do.
I don't know why I should do it. (正)
5. 不定式省略“to”的情况：
(1)当and或or连接同一概念的不定式时，或者当它们之间的关系并列一致时，可将and或or后面的to省去，如：
I'd like to go and see a film.
He had to have a job or go hungry.
但是，有时为了表示对照，或加强语气，则不可以省去to，如：
It is easier to say than to do.
(2)不定式在一部分感官或使役动词后面作宾补省略to。
(3)不定式在but(除了……以外)，except后面的使用，如果but, except前有行为动词do, but, except后省去to，如：
They had nothing to do but wait for the doctor.
The whole night he did nothing except watch TV.
(4)在固定句型中：would rather do…than do…/prefer to do rather than do:
1)The bus was so crowded that I'd rather walk home than take a bus.
2)I prefer to play tennis rather than(play)basketball.
6. “to”代表整个不定式：有时为了避免重复，省去不定式后面的内容，保留到不定式符号to, 如果是to be，保留到be，如：
--Will you please give him a message when you see him?
--I'll be glad to.
--Would you like to go shopping with me?
有时为了强调，也可以不省略。
Do what he or she tell you to do.
动词-ing形式由动词原形+ ing构成。动词-ing形式起到名词、形容词和副词的作用，在句中可作主语、宾语、表语、状语和宾语补足语，但不能单独构成谓语，其构成形式如下，以do为例：
完成时态 having done having been done
Learning English is very important to me.
Having been widened, the road took on a different look.
随着-ing在句子中所做的成分不同，所用的时态和语态有不同的要求，关于-ing的时态和语态的详细使用，在下面ing所作的句子成分中讲述。
1. 动词-ing形式作主语：
Seeing is believing.
有时主语太长，可用it作形式主语，将真正主语放在后面。如：
It is fun swimming in a river or lake in summer.
It is dangerous playing/to play with fire.
但在口语中用动词-ing形式放在句首比不定式多。
Going shopping is a pleasant thing.
②在下列句型中习惯用-ing作主语，不用不定式：
It is no good doing.
It is useless only learning English grammar.
It is no good cutting down the forest.
③在there+ be+ no+ 主语结构中，必须用动词-ing作主语：
There is no telling what will happen in the future.
④主语和表语结构相同，对等。
Seeing is believing.
To see is to believe.
Would you mind my sitting here?
We suggest going out for a picnic on Sunday.
(2)在介词后：
We look forward to seeing you again.
(3)在worth, busy, feel like, look like等形容词后面：
China Daily is well worth reading.
The firefighters were busy putting out the big fire.
They look like winning the relay race.
Suddenly I feel like eating something.
动词-ing做主语或宾语时，一般情况下其逻辑主语为句子的主语，如果需要自己的逻辑主语时，要用物主代词或名词所有格+ 动词-ing，如：
His/Li Ping's coming late, made the teacher unhappy.
Would you mind my/me smoking here?
当动词-ing不在句首时，可用人称代词宾格，名词普通格代替，但逻辑主语为无生命的名词，或泛指时，用普通格，如：
We heard the noise of desks being opened and closed.
3. 不定式与动词-ing作宾语的比较：
(1)在下列一些动词后面常跟动词-ing作宾语，而不跟不定式：
admit, appreciate, advise, avoid, allow, consider, delay, dislike, enjoy, escape,
excuse, face, feel like, finish, fancy, forbid, forgive, imagine, include, keep, mention,
mind, miss, practice, resist, risk, suggest等。如：
He practices speaking English every day.
He admitted having broken the window.
I much appreciate your giving me the chance.
She dislikes doing housework.
He enjoys nothing but playing the computer.
(2)在下列一些动词后只跟不定式，不跟动词-ing作宾语：
want(想要)，hope, expect, wish, decide, would like, refuse, manage, pretend, demand,
offer, afford, plan, wonder, intend…等，如：
I am expecting to get a letter from my parents.
We are planning to build another research center.
I'd like to buy a new car made in the U. S. A.
(3)在下列一些动词后面跟不定式或动词-ing形式作宾语，意义不同，如：
I remember doing this exercise before.
我记得以前做过这个练习。
Remember to post the book for me.
记住帮我把那本书寄走。
We shall never forget hearing Jackson singing.
我们忘不了听杰克逊唱歌的情景。
Don't forget to give my regards to them.
I'll try to improve my pronunciation.
我要努力去纠正，提高我的发音。
Since no one answered the front door, why not try knocking at the back door?
既然前门没人答应，为什么不试试后门呢?
I suggest we stop working and have a rest.
我建议我们停下干活，休息一会儿。
They stopped to listen, but there was no more sound.
他们停下来，听一听，再没什么声音。
What do you mean to do with your old bicycle?
你打算如何处理你那辆旧自行车?
I won't wait if it means delaying a week or so.
如果这意味着要推迟一星期左右，那我就不等了。
(4)在love, like, hate, prefer后面跟不定式和动词-ing形式无多大区别，如：
Do you like to eat ice-cream?
I like traveling very much.
I like driving(do drive)fast cars.
(5)在start, begin后面，一般接不定式和动词-ing形式无多大区别，在下列情况下，多用不定式：
①自然界变化：
It started to rain.
Snow started to melt as spring came.
②心理活动，在understand, know, realize等词前面：
I began to understand my mother's feelings.
③begin, start本身为进行时：
Mother was starting to cook in the kitchen when I got home.
(6)在allow, advise, permit, forbid等动词后面，有名词或代词作宾语，用不定式做宾语补足语，如果没有宾语，直接用-ing形式，如：
1)We don't allow parking here.
2)The police don't allow people to park here.
3)He advised me to get an English pen friend.
4)I advise seeing more English films.
(7)need, require, want译作“需要”时，跟动词-ing作宾语，主动表示被动，相当于to be done，如：
The windows require cleaning.
The windows require to be cleaned.
The patient needs operating on at once.
The patient needs to be operated on.
The flowers want watering.
The flowers want to be watered.
(8)在一些固定表达中用动词-ing形式，不用不定式：
can't help doing, be worth doing, devote…to doing, look forward to doing, be/get/become used to doing, object to doing, thank…for doing, excuse…for doing等。
Einstein devoted his life to making a research in science.
I'm looking forward to getting your letter.
We are used to living in the countryside.
4. 动词-ing在句中作表语：
Our plan is setting up a new car factory.
My job is teaching/driving.
这类词作表语，起解释说明主语的作用，主表可颠倒：Teaching is my job. 转换成问句，用what提问：
--What's your job?
--My job is teaching.
--How is your job?
--It is interesting.
--How was your trip?
--It is tiring, but interesting.
5. 动词-ing作定语：
(1)表示被修饰名词的用途：
There are two reading rooms in our school library.
a reading room其含义是A room is used for reading.
The swimming pool in our school is nearly completed.
the swimming pool其含义是The pool is used for swimming.
(2)如果动词-ing形式作定语表示被修饰的名词发出的一个正在进行的动作或某种特征行为，这时被修饰的名词与动词-ing逻辑上有主谓关系，如果是主动关系用doing, 被动关系用done, 或being done表达，另外有时间要求：
第一种情况：主动关系，-ing形式与谓语动词同时进行，或经常发生，用doing，如：
Look at the dancing girl. She is one of my classmates.
Look at the girl who is dancing. ….
China is a developing country.
China is a country that is developing.
注意：①如果动词-ing形式表示的动作发生在谓语动词之前，一般不用having done作定语，而用定语从句表达，如：
The teacher criticized the boy having broken the window. (误)
The teacher criticized the boy who had broken the window. (正)
注意：②如果表达的是未来发生的动作，或含有情态概念，用不定式表达，如：
I have a meeting to attend today.
鯥 have a meeting that I will attend today.
Mary is the proper worker to do the job.
鯩ary is the proper worker who can do the job.
第二种情况：被动关系：动词-ing表达的动作与谓语动词同时发生，正在进行，用being done; 发生在谓语动词之前，完成了的动作用done；发生在谓语动词之后，未来的动作，用to be done. 如：
The bridge being built now is two kilometers long.
鯰he bridge that is being built now is two kilometers long.
The bridge built last year is two kilometers long.
鯰he bridge that was built last year is two kilometers long.
The bridge to be built next year will be two kilometers long.
鯰he bridge that will be built next year will be two kilometers long.
6. 动词-ing作宾语补足语和主语补足语：经常在see, hear, feel, watch, notice,
observe, find, get, look at, listen to, keep, leave, send, set, catch等一些动词后面用动词-ing作补语，其中宾语和宾语补足语在逻辑上有主谓关系，如果主谓关系是主动的，又表示动作在进行，或状态的持续，用doing; 如果主谓关系是被动的，又表示动作在进行，用being done，如：
I noticed them repairing the car.
鯳hen they were repairing the car, I noticed.
I noticed the car being repaired.
鯳hen the car was being repaired, I noticed.
如果宾语和宾补是主动关系，又表示动作的全过程，即完成或一般时态，宾补用不定式to do表达(在某些动词后面不定式不带to)；如果是被动关系，又表示动作的全过程，即完成时态用done表达，如：
I often notice them repair the car.
I noticed the car repaired.
如果把上述句子变成被动语态，宾语补足语就变成主语补足语了。
7. 动词-ing形式作状语：动词-ing形式作状语时，要求其逻辑主语必须是句子的主语，句子的主语与动词-ing形式逻辑上有主谓关系。如果主谓关系是主动的，用主动语态；-ing动作与谓语动词同时发生用一般式doing, 如果-ing动作发生在谓语动词之前，用完成式having done, 如：
Walking along the street, I met a friend of mine.
相当于When I was walking along the street, I met a friend of mine.
Having finished their work, they had a rest. 相当于After they had finished their work, they had a rest.
如果主谓关系是被动的，用被动语态；-ing动作与谓语动词同时发生，用done；如果-ing动作发生在谓语动词之前，已完成的动作，用被动语态的完成式having been done, 如：
Having been cleaned and decorated, our classroom took on a new look.
相当于After our classroom had been cleaned and decorated, our classroom took on a new look.
Well known for his expert advice, he was able to help many people.
相当于As he is well known for his expert advice, he was able to help many people.
注意：-ing形式做状语时，如果-ing形式需要自己的逻辑主语，人称代词用主格，名词用普通格，如：
Mother/She being ill, he had to stay home to look after her.
It being Sunday, the shops are crowded.
过去分词由动词+ ed构成，起到形容词和副词的作用，在句中可作状语、表语、定语和宾语补足语。过去分词的性质是被动，完成，但有时侧重程度，有时侧重被动，不及物动词变成的过去分词无被动的意义，过去分词形式由动词原形加词尾-ed构成，及部分不规则的词如：done, played.
①侧重程度：
boiling water 沸水 fallen leaves落叶
boiled water 凉开水 frozen chicken冷冻鸡
②侧重主、被动：
a broken glass, a dancing girl, a damaged house.
1. 过去分词的作用：
(1)过去分词作状语：同动词-ing形式作状语一样，过去分词的逻辑主语是句子的主语，如是被动关系，又与谓语动词同时发生，或无一定时间对比，用过去分词，如：
Seen from the top of the mountain, the lake looks like a mirror. (相当于The lake is seen)
相当于When the lake is seen from the top of the mountain it looks like a mirror.
Heated, water can turn into vapor.
相当于If it is heated, water can turn into vapor.
(2)过去分词作表语：
We are interested in science.
(3)过去分词作定语：过去分词作定语，有时间要求，发生在谓语动词之前，即完成的动作，用done，而不用having been done.
The bridge built last year is 2 kilometers long.
People invited to the party are most scientists.
(4)过去分词作宾补：
I noticed the car repaired.
2. 过去分词与动词-ing形式的区别：
(1)作表语和定语的区别：动词-ing形式表示事物对人造成的影响，事物是主动的，常译成令人……，使人……；过去分词表示人对事物的看法产生的心理反应，人是被动的，常译作：感到……如：
The news is surprising.
We are surprised at the news.
这类词很多，如：inspiring, inspired, astonishing, astonished, tiring, tired,
moving, moved, disappointing, disappointed, worrying, worried, encouraging, encouraged, …….
(2)作宾补的区别：宾语与宾补逻辑上有主谓关系，主动用动词-ing或不定式表达，被动用being done或done表达。
We found him standing outside the door.
He found the door locked.
(3)作状语的区别：用作状语的动词，与句子的主语逻辑上有主谓关系、主动用-ing形式，被动用过去分词。
The boy entered the room, followed by a dog.
相当于The boy entered the room and he was followed by a dog.
The boy entered the room, following his father.
相当于The boy entered the room and followed his father.
(4)-ing形式与ed分词都可以作状语，表示时间、条件、原因、伴随、结果、让步、程度，如：
Having brought her father back to England, Lucy helped him to get better. (时间)
After she had brought her father back to England, Lucy helped him to get better.
Disturbed by the noise, we had to finish the meeting early. (原因)
We had to finish the meeting early because we were disturbed by the noise.
Born a free man, he was now in chains. (让步)
Though he was born a free man, he was now in chains.
(If) bitten by a snake, you should send for help and not walk. (条件)
鯥f you are bitten by a snake, you should send for help and not walk.
The boy ran in, carrying a ball in his arm. (伴随)
鯰he boy ran in and carried a ball in his arm.
He dropped the plate, breaking it into pieces. (结果)
鯤e dropped the plate and broke it into pieces.
(5)-ing形式与ed分词的否定式，由not+ -ing构成：
Not knowing how to do it, I asked him for help.
SeniorⅢ Unit4 Green World Integrating Skills
一、 教学思路：
1 . 高考阅读理解的特点是所选材料题材多样化，记叙文、说明文、议论文、应用文等特色鲜明，内容涉及科普、社会、文化、政治、经济、历史等各个方面，文章阅读量大。主要考查考生综合运用所学知识获取信息、整理信息、理解信息以及处理信息的能力。测试的主要要求是：
①．掌握所读材料的主旨和大意，以及用以说明主旨和大意的事实和细节。
②. 既能理解具体的事实，也能理解抽象的概念。
③．既能理解字面的意思，也能理解深层的含义，包括作者的态度、意图等。
④．既能理解某句，某段的含义，也能理解全篇的逻辑关系，并据此进行推理和判断。
⑤．既能根据所提供的信息去理解，也能结合中学生应有的常识去理解。
根据这五项要求，我们可将阅读理解题归纳为以下几种题型：细节理解题，词句理解题，主题、主旨题，猜测词义题，推理判断题。
2． 高考的要求就是我们平时课堂教学训练的方向。高中英语课文内容包罗万象、题材广泛、体裁各样、语言知识丰富。除了要让学生掌握英语基础知识外，我们更可以利用课文的教学，精心设计问题，按照高考的要求有针对性地对学生进行问题解答训练，提高学生的阅读速度，培养学生的阅读理解能力。
二、教材分析：
本课是第四单元综合技能部分的课文，介绍了达尔文和其他科学家关于物种的研究和他们的成果。内容涉及到遗传学和基因学的知识，文章有一定难度。是本单元主题绿色世界的一个延伸，又为本单元紧接的写作训练作铺垫。
三、 教学法分析：
1、 问题教学法。精心设计问题，以问题为主线，在提出问题和解决问题过程中，培养学生阅读理解能力。设疑与提问是英语教学课堂调控的常规武器。它是促进师生之间信息交流反馈，推动教学流程迅速向前拓展的重要契机。
2、 “自上而下的模式”。 这是哥德曼（Goodman）提出的阅读理论模式。按这个模式，阅读者在阅读过程中不是逐字、逐句地去理解，而是结合自己的预测，在文章中找出有关的信息，来验证自己的预测。由于强调整体篇章理解，在阅读时采取跳跃式搜索、猜测等方法，所以有利于培养学生快速阅读理解能力。
四、 学生分析：
两个班学生基础有限，学习英语有兴趣但没功底。成绩差距较大。尤其对文章缺乏整体感知能力，对深层次问题无从下手，信息的获取和分析能力都较弱。
五、 教学目标及重难点：
由于本课教学以发展学生解决问题能力为主，不设知识目标与情感目标。能力目标亦即重难点：
1、 培养学生快速获取信息解决表层次问题的能力；
2、 培养学生深层思考，培养信息重组、推理分析判断能力。
七、 教学步骤：
1． Lead in: Show two pictures on the blackboard:
2. What are differences between them? Why?
Maybe we can find the answer to this question in our text.
2. Fast reading: Open the book, read through the text. Find out:
How many scientist are mentioned in the text?
S：There are three. They are:
Charles Darwin Gregor Mendel Gote Turesson
T：So how many parts can we divide the text? (划分段落，整体感知)
T: Could you find the main idea of each paragraph?
学生做完这个步骤后，我总结并用幻灯打出：
Part I (Pa1-3): Darwin and his research.
Part II (Pa4-5): Mendel and his experiment.
Part III (Pa6): Turesson and his study
Part IV (Pa7): the importance and significance of the research of the three
3. Careful reading: (1) Show a slide of a table, ask the student to read the passage again, fill in the following:
Scientists Research/experiment Result
(用图表的形式处理文章信息，既避免问题提出的形式重复，又方便学生整体快速把握文章的重点段落)
(2) (完成以上整体表层次训练后，通过幻灯片打出以下问题，再细部理解文章)
Finish the following exercises:
1. What led to his writing of the famous book On the Origin of species?
A. The study of physics, chemistry, and botany.
B. What he had observed on the voyage.
C. His expedition on the Beagle to the Galapagos.
2. Why did the wildlife of the Galapagos Isles deserve special attention?
3. What does “these” in “of these” in Para 2 mean?
4. “those” in Para 2 Line 4 refers to ________
A. the different islands B. the life forms C. differences D. the species
5. What was the purpose of Mendel’s experiments?
A. His purpose was based on his love nature.
B. His purpose was to support the ideas concerning the influence of
environment upon plants.
C. His purpose was based on the influence of environment upon plants.
6. The research by Darwin, Mendel and Turesson shows that______
A. genetics is more important than the environment to plants
B. genetics is less important than the environment to plants
C. both genetics and the environment are important to plants
D. neither genetics nor the environment is important to plants
7．What was Darwin’s new theory according to the text?
(以上问题有深有浅，既有符合高考的细节理解题(如第1题)，词句理解题(如第3、4题)，推理判断题(如第7题)，设计时更因答案的不唯一性(如第1题BC均正确)，增加了题目的灵活性和难度。在解答过程中特别强调：
第1题：选项在文章中都有出现，但未必就是答案。题目不难，容易上当。
第3题：培养学生联系上下文准确把握词句意义，这道题目难度不大，但出奇的是学生正确率并不高。
第4题：这与第3道题是一样的，但难度较大。这两道题的题型在高考中经常出现。
第7题：这道题很难。考查学生对文章事实的延伸理解，训练学生根据文章事实作出推理判断的能力。是一道深层次理解推理判断题。)
(3) Answer the last question:
What do you think is the relationship between the title “Wildlife and Garden
Roses” and the text?
（这个问题非常难！也是整节课的精华部分，解决分析这个问题我花了十多分钟时间。问标题和文章的关系并不新鲜，关键是这个标题用得非常好，借此我分析了高考中常考的一类题目：给文章找标题。完成这个问题既是对整篇文章的概括理解，又是对高考常考题型解题技巧的一次传授。）
Wildlife shows the influence of environment while Garden of Roses shows the
science of genetics.
八、 Homework:
1. Read the text.
2. Learn the language points by yourselves
Charles Darwin Gregor Mendel Gote Turesson
the influence if the environment the science of genetics
1、 高中英语课文应该怎么教？又要教什么？这一直让我思考。我想很多英语老师对课文当中的语言知识是绝对不会漏的，但是不是通过课文的教学培养和训练学生的阅读技巧和阅读能力了呢？也许因为时间，也许因为方法，可能落实不太好。尤其在高三，课文没有出现新的语法点，怎样通过课文的教学达到这一目的，以利学生高考，更值得我们思考。
2、提问是一门艺术，也是一种教学方法。苏联教育界倡导的一种教学方法就叫问题教学法，已成为有世界影响的教学方法之一。问题是思维的向导，合适的课堂提问，往往能把学生带入一个奇妙的问题世界，使学生积极思考问题，寻求解决问题的途径和答案，从而培养学生分析问题和解决问题的能力。布鲁斯乔伊斯说过：“教会学生独立思考，我们就给了他们自我教育的能力。” 课文教学未必要设很多的问题，但要典型；其次问题分析要透彻，分析一个问题就要教会学生一种技巧或是让学生有一次能力的锻炼。问题设计是否巧妙，问题分析是否精当，就是判断这种课好坏的依据。
（2） 能力目标：熟练掌握阅读理解的考核项目及解题思路、备考策略。
（3） 情感目标：揭开阅读理解的神秘面纱，使学生树立信心，从容应对。
教学难点：如何从对整篇文章的把握，对特定细节以及复杂句子的理解方面提高学生的归纳、推理、判断能力，选出最佳选项。
教学方法：演绎归纳法。通过对此题型的讲解和归纳，使学生能够更容易从方法上去把握，从练习中去体会其解题的规律。
广东省高考英语阅读理解题的考查目的:
高考阅读理解要求考生在20分钟左右的时间内，完成对三篇不同题材、体裁文章的理解。另外，今年还增加了信息匹配题。要求考生在5分钟左右的时间内，完成对一篇文章有关信息的筛选和匹配。阅读理解考查的不仅是考生对整篇文章的把握能力，还考查了他们快速捕捉信息、准确理解特定细节以及复杂句子的能力；考生不仅要理解文章的表层意思，更重要的是要通过文章的表层去合理推断、挖掘文章的隐含意义、延伸意义。这是对考生能力、智力、心理的一个综合检验。阅读理解的好坏在很大程度上决定着英语考试成绩。
高考阅读理解试题的类型主要分为四种：细节理解题、推理判断题、猜测词义题和主旨大意题。它们常见的提问形式如下：
Which of the following (statements) is TRUE/not TRUE?
According to the passage, who(what, where ,when, why, how, etc,)…?
The following are mentioned EXCEPT______?
Why does the author say…?
Where in the passage does the author describe…?
It can be inferred from the passage that______
It can be included from the passage that_____
We can draw a conclusion that_____
We can learn from the passage that____
The underlined word “hit”( in paragraph 1) probably means___
What does the underlined part“reimburse you” probably mean?
By saying “it is all worth it” in the last paragraph ,the author means that ______
What is the main idea of the passage?
The best title for the passage might be____
The main purpose of the passage is to _____
The passage mainly tells us /is mainly about___
我们结合《英语周报》高三广州专版第30,31期的专题复习内容研以及配套的例题分析(见《英语周报》),针对高考阅读理解的四种主要题型,给学生做解题策略指导和技巧总结.
策略指导：先浏览一遍题目，把题目的要求储存在大脑中，带着疑问去快速阅读，然后找出与题目相关的信息词句加以理解分析，去伪存真。此种办法能有效地避免做细节理解题时的失误。
【技巧总结】准确捕捉信息，注意对信息进行综合分析，分清主次、真伪，避免受信息的干扰，陷入高考题所设下的“陷阱”，误选干扰项，因为某些干扰选项在文章中也能找到“依据”，具有很强的迷惑性。
策略指导：深层含义通常是隐藏在文字背后的延伸之意，弦外之音，如作者的意图、倾向、语气，人物的性格、心理、情感，故事的结局，事情的因果关系等。因此大家需调动自己的逻辑思维能力，透过字里行间，去严密推理，合理想象。
【技巧总结】隐含信息并非“空穴来风”， 而是“有源之水”，即隐含信息也是以文章的语言为载体。大家应准确捕捉信息，调动智力因素，严密推理，合理想象，忌“凭空想象 ”或“断章取义”。在阅读理解中结合自己的常识进行判断是必要的，但决不能以常识取代信息分析。推理判断既要严密，又要灵活。
策略指导：首先从词汇所处的语境进行分析，注意上下文之间的关系，如：如果出现that is, that is to say或破折号等，我们可以断定，后面的内容是对前面内容的解释；如果出现转折词but, however, yet以及表示相反结果的on the contrary, on the other hand等，我们可以从所给内容相反的意义去考虑。
【技巧总结】高考语意判断题很多都是考查旧词新义的理解。因此大家需把词汇或短句的字面意义与语境和上下文结合起来，选择最切合文章内容，最符合上下文逻辑的意义，切忌望文生义。
策略指导： 读完一篇短文后应有意识地回味一下文章的大致内容，理一理文章的脉络，体会一下段与段之间的内在联系，这样做文章的中心一般都能概括出来, 涉及文章主旨大意方面的题目自然会在头脑中由模糊变清晰。
【技巧总结】我们在归纳文章主题时，一定要注意选项的内涵和外延必须能恰如其分地概括文章的主题，既不能范围过大，也不能把某一细节或侧面误当作主题。阅读时我们还应注意捕捉文章出现频率较高的中心词汇以及文章和段落的主题句。在选择文章题目时，还应注意语言方面的特点：文章题目往往具有凝练、醒目的特点。
猜测词义是从特定的角度考查考生的阅读理解能力和处理生词的能力。猜测词义包括对词、词组和句意的理解，是高考英语试题阅读理解中的一类必考题。猜测词义题常见的解题方法：
任何一篇文章中的句子在内容上都不是绝对孤立的，都跟句子所在的段落及整篇文章有关。利用上下文提供的情景和线索，进行合乎逻辑的综合分析而推测词义，是阅读过程中的一大关键，也是高考的热点。
如：If he thinks he can invite me out, he is all wet. I don’t like to be with him.
A. drunk B. sweating C. happy D. mistaken
分析：根据I don’t like to be with him我们感受到说话人的语气。我不愿意跟他在一起，那么，他要邀请我出去是不可能的 他就大错特错了。因此答案D。
阅读文章中的有些生词尤其是新闻报导及科普类文章中的生词，往往在其后有对该词进行解释说明性的短语或句子，如to be, that is , mean, stand for, namely, to refer to, to mean ,in other words等，有时也以同位语、定语从句的形式出现，或用破折号、括号来表示。
如：Some ships carried cargo such as coal, oil and military supplies(军用物资),while others carried only passengers.
分析：such as后所列举物品均为“货物”，由此推断cargo的意思相同，和后面的passengers形成对比。
有的文章作者为了增强表达效果，会用一对反义词揭示事物的不同点，形成鲜明的对比，这时只要把握其中的一词，就不难推出另一词的含义，这种句子多见unlike, although, but, yet, while, on the contrary, on the other hand, for one thing, for another, instead of, rather than等信息词。如：One idea about business is that it can be treated as a game of perfect information. Quite the reverse, business polite, life itself is games which we must normally play with very imperfect information.
A. Quite right. B. Time enough. C. Most unlike. D. Just the opposite.
分析：由前句中perfect information到后面imperfect information这一组对比关系的词，我们可以推断应为“对比、相反”的意思。
常见的引出同义词的标志性词语有or, like, similarly等。如：
Millions of animals die each year on Us roads, the Highway administration reports. In fact, only about 80 ocelots, an endangered wild cat exist in the US today. The main reason? Roadkill.
分析：从后面的同位语an endangered wild cat可知“ocelot”是一种野生猫
某些冷僻的词汇后面会举一个例子，使词汇具体易懂。等连接性词语往往用来举例说明前面较难理解的名词。
如：You can take any of the periodicals: The World of English, Foreign Language Teaching in School, or English Learning.
分析：通过后面的例子：《英语世界》、《中小学外语教学》、《英语学习》，可知periodicals为“期刊杂志”
阅读中常会遇到一些由所熟悉的单词派生或合成的新词，可利用构词法知识来推测其意思。
如：Exhibition officials said that a person bitten by one of these snakes would need at least 80ml of an anti-poison medicine to be saved.
分析：anti-poison 是由poison加前缀anti-构成的，anti-意思是“反对、排斥、抵抗”，由此可猜出anti-poison是“解毒、抗毒”的意思。
5. 结构复杂的长句子出现在阅读理解中往往造成大家心理上的紧张，有时读了好几遍还不知道句子的意思，白白浪费了时间,如何对待阅读理解中的长句子?
策略指导：阅读理解中的结构复杂的句子一般分为两大类：第一类是由复合句或并列句构成的长复杂句子；第二类是省略句。对于第一类句子，大家应抓其主干成分，理解其主体意思，其他的成分都是对主体意思的修饰和补充。对于第二类句子，大家应通过上下文找出省略成分，把句子补充完整。
【技巧总结】结构复杂的句子往往出现在说明文或议论文中，这是造成考生心理紧张的主要原因。大家应冷静下来，结合文章所说明或议论的中心话题，抓住主干，层层理解。
主要考察学生的速读能力，即在有限的时间内理解、总结信息并且能快速找到相关的信息的能力。学生要学会寻读（scan），抓关键信息，然后进行匹配。
Step 3 Homework and consolidation exercises
1. 《英语周报》高三广州专版第30,31期的专题复习内容。
2. 《英语周报》高三广州专版第33-34期的年高考英语模拟试题（一 ）--（十二）一共12套。
3. 和2007年全国各地的英语高考试题中的阅读理解。
阅读理解旨在考查考生理解总体和特定信息的能力。
任何一篇文章都有一个主旨要义。有时从文章的第一个段落甚至第一个句子即可以得出文章的主旨要义。从这个段落或句子，读者可以知道文章描述的是谁或什么即文章的主题，也会了解作者希望读者了解主题方面的哪些内容。有时，文章的主旨要义则需要从文章的字里行间进行推断。这类试题主要考查考生的略读文章、领会大意的能力，有时候它
对考生的归纳、概括能力有一定的要求。
一篇文章的主题和中心确定之后，还需要有大量的细节信息支持。这些细节对于理解全文的内容至关重要，同时也是归纳和概括文章中心思想的基础，因而不容忽视。
正确理解文章中单词或短语的含义是理解文章的第一步，也是理解文章的基础。不懂得单词的含义根本就谈不上理解文章。但是，有时候英语单词的含义并非等同于词典上标注的汉语意思，其含义随不同的语境会有所不同。根据上下文正确理解灵活多变的词义，
才算是真正初步具备了一定的阅读理解能力。
在实际阅读活动中，有时候需要根据文章提供的线索和事实，进行逻辑推理，推测作
者未提到的事实或某事情发生的可能性。
英语文章讲究主题段和主题句。主题段通常在文章的开头，主题句可能在某一段的开头、中间或结尾，作用是交代该段的中心思想，再由全段展开或讨论这个意思。段与段之间通常有词语连接，承上启下，使文章行文连贯。如果希望准确、深刻地理解一篇文章，必须对文章的结构有所了解，把握住全文的文脉，即句与句、段与段之间的逻辑关系。对
这种能力的考查一般反映在文章的中心思想、文中某段的大意或指代关系的题目中。
每篇文章都有一个特定的写作目的，或是向读者传递某个信息，或是愉悦读者，或是讲授某个道理。而这些信息通常不是明确表达出来，而是隐含在文章之中。因此，这类问
题要求考生在理解文章总体的基础之上，去领会作者的眼外之意。
下面结合2007年广东高考阅读理解试题，具体分析对这些能力的考查：
A
How should one invest a sum of money in these days of inflation (通货膨胀)? Left in a bank it will hardly keep its value, however high the interest rate. Only a brave man, or a very rich one, dares to buy and sell on the Stock Market. Today it seems that one of the best ways to protect your saving and even increase your wealth is to buy beautiful objects from the past. Here I am going to offer some advice on collecting antique clocks, which I personally consider are among the most interesting of antiques.
I sometimes wonder what a being from another planet might report back about our way of life. “The planet Earth is ruled by a mysterious creature that sits or stands in a room and makes a strange ticking sound, it has a face with twelve black marks and two hands. Men can do nothing without it's permission, and it fastens its young round people's wrists so that everywhere men go they are still under its control. This creature is the real master of Earth and men are its slaves. ” Whether or not we are slaves of time today depends on our culture and personality, but it is believed that many years ago kings kept special slaves to tell the time. Certain men were very clever at measuring the time of day according to the beating of their own hearts. They were made to stand in a fixed place and every hour or so would shout the time. So it seems that the first clocks were human beings.
However, men quickly found more convenient and reliable ways of telling the time. They learned to use the shadows cast by the sun. They marked the hours on candles, used sand in hourglasses, and invented water-clocks. Indeed, any serious student of antique should spend as much time as possible visiting palaces, stately homes and museums to see some of the finest examples of clocks from the past.
Antique clocks could be very expensive, but one of the joys of collecting clocks is that it is still possible to find quite cheap ones for your own home. After all, if you are going to be ruled by time, why not invest in an antique clock and perhaps make a future profit?
41. According to the passage, collecting antique clocks______.
A. can hardly keep the value of your savings
B. will cost much of your savings
42. By quoting (引用) the remark of a being from another planet, the author intends to________.
A. suggest human beings are controlled by a clock
B. describe why clocks can rule the planet Earth
C. tell readers what clocks look like
D. compare clocks to human beings
43. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a way to measure the time?
A. Counting the beating of one's own heart.
B. Making use of candles, sand and water.
C. Observing shadows cast by the sun.
D. Keeping slaves busy day and night.
44. The underlined phrase “stately homes”in paragraph 4 means________.
B. houses in very good condition
C. grand houses open to the public
D. houses where statesmen meet regularly
45. The purpose of the passage is_______.
A. to introduce the culture of antique clocks
B. to offer some advice on collecting antique clocks
C. to compare different ways to make a future profit
D. to explain convenient and reliable ways of telling time
[导读] 这是一篇叙议结合的散文。人们在通货膨胀的今天应该怎样投资一笔钱呢？存在银行里，这笔钱几乎不能够保值，无论存款利息多么高。只有勇敢的人或是富有者才敢于在股票市场买卖。今天保护你的储蓄甚至增加你的财富最好方法之一似乎是购买过去遗传下来的漂亮的物品。因此，作者顺理成章地提出一些关于收藏古董闹钟的忠告，奉劝人
们投资收藏古董闹钟以便将来盈利。
Key: 41. C 42. A 43. D 44. C 45. B
41. C。细节事实理解题。收集闹钟可以增加你的财富。根据第1段的句子：Today it seems that one of the best ways to protect your saving and even increase your wealth is to buy beautiful objects from the past. Here I am going to offer some advice on collecting antique clocks, which I personally consider are among the most interesting of antiques. 今天保护你的储蓄甚至增加你的财富最好方法之一似乎是购买过去的漂亮的物品。这里我打算提供一些关于收集古董闹钟的忠告，我个人认为它们是最令人感兴趣的古董之一。再看最后一段最后一句：After all, if you are going to be ruled by time, why not invest in an antique clock and perhaps make a future profit?别忘了，如果你打算受时间制约，请投资收藏古董闹钟以便将
来盈利吧？
42. A。深层含义理解题。作者引用外星人的话，目的是为了说明人类被闹钟所控制。根据第2段的引文意思：有时候我想知道一个外星人关于我们的生活方式可能会反馈回去的报告内容是什么。“地球这个行星被神秘的动物控制，这种动物坐在或站在一个房间里并发出一种奇怪的滴答声，它有一张脸，脸上有12个黑色的标记，还有两只手。如果没有它的命令人们什么事情也不做，并且它把它那年轻的圆圆的人们的手腕系得紧紧地，这样，无论人们走到那里，都处于它的控制之下。这个动物是地球的真正的主人，人是它的
” 奴隶。
43. D。细节判断题。A项与第2段的下列句子吻合：Certain men were very clever at measuring the time of day according to the beating of their own hearts.; B项与第3段的下列句
子吻合：They marked the hours on candles, used sand in hourglasses, and invented water-clocks；C项与第3段的下列句子吻合：They learned to use the shadows cast by the sun.；D项的含义是：“让奴隶日夜忙碌”，这与第2段的下列句子不一致：... but it is believed that many years ago kings kept special slaves to tell the time.但是人们相信许多年之前国王们畜养了专用的奴隶来辨别时间。
44. C。词义猜测题。state-owned houses国有的房子；houses in very good condition状况良好的房子；grand houses open to the public对公众开放的宏伟的房子；houses where statesmen meet regularly政治家们经常集会的房子。根据第4段的信息词student, visiting palaces和museums判断，认真研究古董的学生应该尽可能多花时间参观宫殿、宏伟的房
子和博物馆，可以看见一些过去遗传下来的最精致的闹钟的珍品。
45. B。写作意图题。作者的写作目的是为了提出一些关于收藏古董闹钟的忠告。见第1段句子：Here I am going to offer some advice on collecting antique clocks, which I personally consider are among the most interesting of antiques. 这里我打算提供一些关于收藏古董闹钟
的忠告，我个人认为它们是最令人感兴趣的古董之一。
B
Do you want to live with a strong sense of peacefulness, happiness, goodness, and self-respect? The collection of happiness actions broadly categorized as “honor” help you create this life of good feelings.
Here's an example to show how honorable actions create happiness.
Say a store clerk fails to charge us for an item. If we keep silent, and profit from the clerk's mistake, we would drive home with a sense of sneaky excitement. Later we might tell our family or friends about our good fortune. On the other hand, if we tell the clerk about the uncharged item, the clerk would be grateful and thank us for our honesty. We would leave the store with a quiet sense of honor that we might never share with another soul.
Then, what is it to do with our sense of happiness?
In the first case, where we don't tell the clerk, a couple of things would happen. Deep down inside we would know ourselves as a type of thief. In the process, we would lose some peace of mind and self-respect. We would also demonstrate that we cannot be trusted, since we advertise our dishonor by telling our family and friends. We damage our own reputations by telling others. In contrast, bringing the error to the clerk's attention causes different things to happen. Immediately the clerk knows us to be honorable. Upon leaving the store, we feel honorable and our self-respect is increased. Whenever we take honorable action we gain the deep internal rewards of goodness and a sense of nobility.
There is a beautiful positive cycle that is created by living a life of honorable actions.
Honorable thoughts lead to honorable actions. Honorable actions lead us to a happier existence. And it's easy to think and act honorably again when we're happy. While the positive cycle can be difficult to start, once it's started, it's easy to continue. Keeping on doing good deeds brings us peace of mind, which is important for our happiness.
46. According to the passage, the positive action in the example contributes to our .
47. The author thinks that keeping silent about the uncharged item is equal to .
48. The phrase “bringing the error to the clerk's attention” (in para. 5) means .
A. telling the truth to the clerk
C. asking the clerk to be more attentive
D. reminding the clerk of the charged item
49. How will we feel if we let the clerk know her mistake?
A. We'll be very excited.
B. We'll feel unfortunate.
C. We'll have a sense of honor.
D. We'll feel sorry for the clerk.
50. Which of the following can be the best title of this passage?
D. Happiness through Honorable Actions
[导读] 这是一篇说理、规劝性的议论文。本文的中心是：作者提倡通过高尚的行为获得幸福，规劝人们多行善事获得幸福，以形成一种美丽的积极的循环。高尚的思想行为可以使你的生活具有一种和平感、幸福感、善良感和自尊感。过高尚行为的生活可以创造美丽的积极的循环。高尚的思想导致高尚的行为。高尚的行为致使我们幸福的生存。当我们幸福的时候，我们容易产生高尚的思想和行为。虽然积极的循环难以开启，但是，一旦开启，就容易继续下去。坚持不断地做善事会给我们到来平静的心理，这样做对我们的幸福
46. A。细节事实理解题。第5段第6-8句：In contrast, bringing the error to the clerk's attention causes different things to happen. Immediately the clerk knows us to be honorable. Upon leaving the store, we feel honorable and our self-respect is increased.比较而言，把这个错误引起这个职员的注意导致几件事情发生。职员立刻知道我们是高尚的（honorable）。我
们一离开商店，就感觉到是高尚的，并且我们的自尊在增加。
47. B。细节事实理解题。第5段第1-2句：In the first case, where we don't tell the clerk, a couple of things would happen. Deep down inside we would know ourselves as a type of thief. 在第一个案例中，我们不告诉那个职员，有几件事情会发生。在内心深处我们会知道我们
自己就是小偷。
48. A。句子意思猜测题。第5段分两层意思。第1-5句是第一层意思：在第一个案例中，我们不告诉那个职员，有几件事情会发生。在内心深处我们会知道我们自己就是小偷。在这个过程中，我们的心理会失去平静，也失去自尊。我们也会证明我们不可以信赖，因为我们通过告诉家里的人和朋友的方式来忠告我们的耻辱。第5段第6-8句是第二层意思：比较而言，把这个错误引起这个职员的注意导致几件事情发生。职员立刻知道我们是高尚的（honorable）。我们一离开商店，就感觉到是高尚的，并且我们的自尊在增加。通过对比这两层意思，可以判断bringing the error to the clerk's attention意思是“实话告诉这个职
员”。
49. C。细节事实理解题。第5段第7-8句：Immediately the clerk knows us to be honorable. Upon leaving the store, we feel honorable and our self-respect is increased. 职员立刻知道我们是高尚的（honorable）。我们一离开商店，就感觉到是高尚的，并且我们的自
员”。
50. D。归纳标题。结合第1段和最后一段，并综合全文，我们可以得知：通过高尚的行为获得幸福。过高尚行为的生活可以创造美丽的积极的循环。高尚的思想导致高尚的行为。高尚的行为致使我们幸福的生存。当我们幸福的时候，我们容易产生高尚的思想和行为。虽然积极的循环难以开启，但是，一旦开启，就容易继续下去。坚持不断地做善事会
给我们到来平静的心理，这样做对我们的幸福很重要。
C
Malaria, the world's most widespread parasitic (寄生虫引起的)disease, kills as many as three million people every year ---- almost all of whom are under five, very poor, and African. In most years, more than five hundred million cases of illness result from the disease, although exact numbers are difficult to assess because many people don't (or can't) seek care. It is not unusual for a family earning less than two hundred dollars a year to spend a quarter of its income on malaria treatment, and what they often get no longer works. In countries like Tanzania, Mozambique, and the Gambia, no family, village, hospital, or workplace can remain unaffected for long.
Malaria starts suddenly, with violent chills, which are soon followed by an intense fever and, often, headaches. As the parasites multiply, they take over the entire body. Malaria parasites live by eating the red blood cells they infect (感染) .They can also attach themselves to blood vessels in the brain. If it doesn't kill you, malaria can happen again and again for years. The disease is passed on to humans by female mosquitoes infected with one of four species of a parasite. Together, the mosquito and the parasite are the most deadly couple in the history of the earth and one of the most successful. Malaria has five thousand genes, and its ability to change rapidly to defend itself and resist new drugs has made it nearly impossible to control. Studies show that mosquitoes are passing on the virus more frequently, and there are more outbreaks in cities with large populations. Some of the disease's spread is due to global warming.
For decades, the first-choice treatment for malaria parasites in Africa has been chloroquine, a chemical which is very cheap and easy to make. Unfortunately, in most parts of the world, malaria parasites have become resistant to it. Successful alternatives that help prevent resistance are already available, but they have been in short supply and are very expensive. If these drugs should fail, nobody knows what would come next.
51. According to paragraph I, many people don't seek care because .
C. they can remain unaffected for long
D. there are too many people suffering from the disease
52. People suffering from malaria .
A. have to kill female mosquitoes
B. have ability to defend parasites
C. have their red blood cells infected
D. have sudden fever, followed by chills
53. Which of the following may be the reason for the wide spread of the disease?
A. Its resistance to global warming.
B. Its ability to pass on the virus frequently.
C. Its outbreaks in cities with large populations.
D. Its ability to defend itself and resist new drugs.
54. It can be inferred from the passage that .
A. no drugs have been found to treat the disease
B. the alternative treatment is not easily available to most people
C. malaria has developed its ability to resist parasites
D. nobody knows what will be the drug to treat the disease
55. Which of the following questions has NOT been discussed in the passage?
A. How can we know one is suffering from malaria?
B. How many people are killed by malaria each year?
C. Why are there so many people suffering from malaria?
D. What has been done to keep people unaffected for long?
[导读] 这是一篇介绍医学科普常识的说明文。本文主要介绍疟疾病的起因、传播、危害与治疗。疟疾（Malaria）是世界上传播最广泛的寄生虫引起的病，每年都要使三百万人致命--几乎全是5岁以下的孩子，并且是贫穷的非洲人。疟疾病本身有很多基因，对于各种新药物具有抵抗性，所以目前还没有找到根治疟疾病的最佳治疗方法和药物。
51. A。细节事实理解题。见第1段第2-3句：... because many people don't (or can't) seek care. It is not unusual for a family earning less than two hundred dollars a year to spend a quarter of its income on malaria treatment, and what they often get no longer works. (多年来，有5亿多病例由这种病引起的，虽然确切的数字难以估计，) 因为许多人不去寻求（或不可能）医疗护理。这种情况对于一个年收入不到200美元的家庭并非不同寻常，因为要治疗疟疾病，
就花去年收入的四分之一，并且他们时常所得到的不再有效。
52. C。细节事实理解题。见第2段第3句：Malaria parasites live by eating the red blood cells they infect (感染) .疟疾寄生虫依靠吃他们感染的红血球生存。这说明疟疾病患者的红
血球受到感染。
53. D。细节事实理解题。这种疾病之所以广泛传播是因为它有一种自我防御和抵抗新药物的能力。见第2段倒数第3句：Malaria has five thousand genes, and its ability to change
rapidly to defend itself and resist new drugs has made it nearly impossible to control.。
54. B。推理判断题。根据第3段倒数第2句：Successful alternatives that help prevent resistance are already available, but they have been in short supply and are very expensive. 一些成功的可供选择的化学药品在阻止疟疾的这种抵抗力方面已经出现效用，但是这些可供选
择的化学药品非常短缺，并且昂贵，因此大多数人不容易得到可供选择的治疗。
55. D。细节事实理解题。A项见第2段第1句：Malaria starts suddenly, with violent chills, which are soon followed by an intense fever and, often, headaches；B项见第1段第1句：... kills as many as three million people every year almost all of whom are under five, very poor, and African.；C项见第2段第3句：Malaria has five thousand genes, and its ability to change rapidly to defend itself and resist new drugs has made it nearly impossible to control.；又见第1段第2
句：... because many people don't (or can't) seek care.；D项没有提到。
1.利用课文的词、句复习，训练学生的组句能力。从词和句入手，将每个单元课文的词和句与基础写作结合起来，是培养和提高学生的英语能力的有效途径。这不仅能帮助提高学生记忆和灵活应用词汇的能力，而且还有助于训练学生语句表达的正确性。
(1)归纳词汇和句型，帮助学生建立对词、句使用的感性认识。写作是一种语言的输出形式，只有大量的语言输入，语言输出才有可能;只有积累了一定的感受和大量的语言素材，写作才有可能进行。为了帮助学生记忆课文中的单词和短语，达到积累语言素材，掌握基本语法知识与语句结构的目的，教师可以从训练学生归纳每个单元课文中出现的重要词汇、短语和常用句型入手，使学生对句型结构的认识更加清楚，并对词、句的使用语境形成感性的认识。
(2)操练词汇和句型，训练学生的记忆和使用词、句的能力。为了使学生掌握和应用课文中所学词汇和句型，教师应为学生创设多层次的练习活动，拓宽写作的.训练途径。教师可采用将学生从课文中归纳的词汇、句型进行词类转换、习惯用法、句型转换、完型填空、写短文等形式的训练，帮助提高学生的记忆和使用词、句的能力。
二、借鉴课文词、句进行仿写。
通过提供情景让学生模仿造句，不仅可以降低写作难度，而且可以增加学生写作的兴趣、自信和成就感，使学生的遣词造句的能力在实践中得到提升。
三、借鉴课文句型，训练写作多种表达与技巧，拓展学生思维。
教师在教学实践中会发现，学生在基础写作中往往出现句式雷同、语句呆板、行文单一等现象，缺乏用5个句子有效表达和传输信息的能力。因此，教师就有必要继续进一步加强句子多样化表达、句子转换替代、句子合并等训练，教会学生使用不同的短语、句型结构表达同一的意义;同时，还让学生明白写作的逻辑原则:一个句子表达的信息量越多，而且使用的句子越精练、清楚，那么句意表达和传输信息就越有效。
四、利用课文体裁，训练学生谋篇布局的能力。
教师会发现高三学生在写作中存在的另一个问题是层次不清、结构散乱以及逻辑性不强，这是因为学生缺乏谋篇布局的能力。针对这方面问题，教师可以在教学中利用课文的体裁进行文章结构方面的训练以及进行句子、段落间的连接训练。
dip into here and there in a word once again look out for above all refer to shut up key to in other words take turns look over one’s shoulder remind sb. of offer(n.) fix a date for on one’s way to show sb. around have a gift for offer…to lead to so long as hear sb.’s advice value(v.) call in after all eat up report sb. to sb. work out
Will you come to…?
Yes, I’d love to…
Would you like to…?
Yes, that’s very kind/nice of you.
I’d like to invite you to…
I’d love to, but…
I apologize… Never mind.
Please excuse me… It’s not important.
I ought to… Don’t worry.
What a shame! Forget it !
She swallowed the medicine with the help of some water.
她用水把药送下去了。
He just swallows his food; he is always in a hurry.
他吃饭狼吞虎咽，总是这么匆忙。
I haven’t read that book properly. I’ve only dipped into it.
我没有好好读那本书，仅随便翻阅一下。
I’ve only dipped into politics.
我对政治研究不深。
In a word, I don’t trust him.
总这，我不信任他。
Tom is brave, careful and calm. In a word, he is admirable.
汤姆既勇敢、细心又镇静。总之，他很令人羡慕。
无被动结构，也不用进行时态。下列单词和词组也无被动形式：appear, disappear, happen, take place, break out等。
The house belongs to him.这所房子归他所有。
The book belongs to my deskmate.
这本书是我同位的。
5.be likely to 易于……；有可能的.
后跟动词不定式，往往用在一时的情形。
I shall be likely to catch cold if I go out tonight without my overcoat.
如果今晚不穿大衣出去，我会感冒的。
Is that magazine likely to interest you?
那本杂志对你有吸引力吗？
6.get a general idea of 对……了解大意（大概情况）
Read the chapter quickly to get a general idea.
快速阅读这一章，了解大意。
I have a general idea of that town.
e across=meet with(meet…by chance/accident)无意中碰到，找到，想到
Perhaps I shall come across him somewhere in the park.
也许我会在公园的某个地方遇到他。
He came suddenly across an idea.
他突然有了一个好主意。
In other words, they failed to pass the exam.
换句话说，他们考试没有及格。
He became, in other words, a great hero.
也就是说，他成了一位大英雄。
9.take turns = take in turns轮流（做某事）
The two boys took turns at digging the hole.
这两个男孩轮流来挖坑。
The three men took turns to drive so one would not be too tired.
这三个人轮流开车，因此，就不会有人过于疲劳了。
You’d better talk things through. I will listen with complete attention.
你最好把话讲完。我会专心听的。
If I had enough time, I would have talked things through.
如果有足够的时间，我会把话说完的。
11.on one’s way to…正在到……，动身往……，在往……的路上
He was on his way to school when suddenly a policeman stopped him.
他正在上学的路上就在这时一个警察截住了他。
They telephoned to say that they were on the way, but they might be late.
他们打电话说他们正在路上，但他们可能来晚。
I called on a friend of mine on my way back.
我在回来的路上拜访了我的一个朋友。
You mustn’t forget to call in at Brown’s on the way home.
你千万别忘了在回家的路上到布朗先生家拜访。
拓展：by the way顺便说；in the way挡道；in a way 某种意义上；lose one’s way迷路；by way of 途经，经由；work one’s way 通过苦干……；no way决不；make one’s way 前进；all the way to…一路至……
He told a lively story about his life in Africa.
他讲述了一个有关他的非洲生活的一个生动故事。
Young children are usually lively.
friendly 友好的；lovely可爱的；orderly井然有序的；comradely同志般的；motherly母亲般的；daily每天的；weekly每周的；monthly每月的；yearly每年的；lonely寂寞的，偏僻的；deadly致命的；likely可能的。
对比：alive(1)活着的：可以作表语，这时可与living互换；作定语时，只能作后置定语。
He was alive when he was taken to the hospital.
他被送往医院时还活着。
Although he is old, he is still very much alive.
虽然年老了，但他仍十分活跃。
live（1）（动、植物）活着的，作前置定语；如：a live fish一条活鱼
Her grandfather is still living at the age of 93.
她爷爷已经93岁了，仍然健在。
He made a lot of money by playing music.
他演奏音乐挣了很多钱。
It is very easy to make money in that city.
在那个城市挣钱很容易。
零钱，找头：change 伪钞：counterfeit money, bogus money
(2)由money构成的短语：
lose money 亏本；for love or money无论如何；
put money into… 投资于；put money on… 在……上打赌；
spend money like water挥金如土；earn good money赚大钱
(3)由money构成的谚语：
Money makes the mare go.有钱能使鬼推磨。
Money talks.金钱万能。
Time in money.一寸光阴一寸金。
14.lead to(prep.)+n./v-ing引起，造成，导致
Too much work or too little rest often leads to illness.
过度工作或很少休息经常导致疾病。
Difference of opinion led to a heated argument.
意见分歧导致了激烈的争论。
15.so song as/as long as 只要……
You will succeed so long as you work hard.
只要你努力就会成功。
It is a good idea to start a part-time job.
做一项兼职的工作是个好主意。
16.in time及时(=not later than),终究(=sooner or later)
I hope you will arrive in time for the meeting .
我希望你及时到会。
Work hard and you will succeed in time.
努力工作那么最终你将成功。
17.affect（=have an effect on sth.）vt.影响（effect n.影响）
This may affect your health.
这或许会影响你的健康。
My throat is always affected by bad weather.
我的嗓子总是受恶劣天气的影响。
18.be ready to do sth.（=be willing to do sth.）乐意做某事
Tom is always ready to help others.
汤姆总是乐于助人。
If I’ve made any mistake, I’m ready to apologize.
如果我有错误，我愿意道歉。
19.play a trick on sb.= play with sb.捉弄某人，耍弄计谋
He is always playing tricks on others.
他总爱捉弄别人。
Don’t play tricks on me. I want to know the truth.
别耍我，我想知道真相。
Have you used up you money?
你的钱用完了吗？
常用短语：eat up吃光；tear up撕掉；use up用光；lock up锁住；burn up烧光；get up起床；up and down上上下下，来来往往。
-How long at this job?
-Since 1990.
A. were you employed B. have you been employed
C. had you been employed D. will you be employed
分析：B。since指从过去某时开始到现在一直进行的动作或所处的状态，应用现在完成时态。
By the end of last year, another new gymnasium in Beijing.
A. would be completed B. was being completed
C. has been completed D. had been completed
分析：D。“by the end of last year”到去年年底，是过去的过去，故用过去完成时。
Someone called me up in the middle of the night, but they hung up
I could answer the phone.
A. as B. since C. until D. before
题4 -How are the team playing?
-They’re playing well, but one of them hurt.
分析：A。got hurt受伤，get 后接过去分词表示被动。受伤的事发生在过去，需用一般过去时。
-I’m sorry I’m calling you so late.
- okay.
A. This is B. You’re C. That’s D. I’m
分析：C。此题考查道歉与应答，That’s okay.这晨相当于That’s all right.（没关系）。
-What happened to the priceless works of art?
- .
A. They were destroyed in the earthquake
B. The earthquake was destroying them
C. They destroyed in the earthquake
D. The earthquake destroyed them
分析：A。问句的重点在那些珍贵艺术品的遭遇，所以回答的重点应放在它们所处的情况上，适合用被动态。
After supper she would sit down by the fire, sometimes for an hour, thinking of her thinking of her young and happy days.
A. as long as B. as soon as C. as much as D. as many as
分析：A。指时间“长达”应用as long as 表达。
I was really anxious about you. You home without a word.
A. mustn’t leave B. shouldn’t have left
C. couldn’t have left D. needn’t leave
分析：B。shouldn’t have done表示本不该做某事，而实际上做了。
一、请根据下面的提示和要求写一篇说理文。
提示：
(1) 英语是世界上使用最广泛的语言之一。讲英语的人近三亿。
(2) 英语是国际会议中使用得最多的工作语言。世界上有百分之六十的电台和百分之七
十的邮件（mail)用英语。数以百万计的书籍和杂志是用英语写的。
(3) 借助英语可以更快、更好地学习现代科学和技术。学好英语，我们可以更好地为祖国服务。
Why Do We Study English?
English is one of the most widely used languages in the world. It is spoken by nearly three hundred million people： in England, the United States, Australia, Canada and many other countries. It is one of the working languages at international meetings and is more used than the others. It is said that 60 percent of the world's radio broadcasts and 70 percent of the world's mail are in English. Millions of books and magazines are written in English, too. English is really a bridge to knowledge. With the help of English we can learn modern science and technology faster and better form the developed countries. In this way we can serve our country better.
二、请根据下面的提示和要求写一篇文。
提示：
(1) 不少学生可能抽烟，学生中抽烟的人数还在增多。
(2) 一份调查报告透露，某校有五分之二以上的学生抽烟，有些学生甚至偷了钱买烟。
(3) 对中学生来说，抽烟的危害比成年人更大。抽烟不仅有害于身体，还有害于思想。
(4) 中学生是国家未来的建设者。抽烟的学生该下决心戒烟了。
请根据上面的提示，写一篇题为“Give Up Smoking”的短文，字数约120个。
Smoking is a widespread habit even among school children. The number of young smokers is increasing.
It is reported that over two-fifths of the students in a certain school smoke, and some of them even steal money to buy cigarettes, This is terrible.
As we all know, smoking is harmful to our health. But it's even more harmful to middle school students for it does great harm not only to their health but also to their mind.
Middle school students are future builders of the country. They should spend their time learning what is useful. So it's really time that these young smokers made up their minds to give up smoking.
三、
假设你是李红，你的一位美国笔友Robert写E-mail问及你高考后暑假的`安排，请根据以下要点，写一封100词左右的email回复他, 可以适当增加细节。1. 学开车 2. 参加英语培训课程 3. 去北京看奥运会 4. 游览北京的名胜
注意：1.根据以上内容写一篇短文，不要逐句翻译，可适当增加细节以使行文连贯。
2.要准确使用语法和词汇；使用一定的句型、词汇，清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思；3. 词数：100个左右。开头已给出，不计词数。
(One possible version)Dear Robert:
How time flies! The happy days we shared often shines in my memory. What about youAs you know, my college entrance exam is approaching, which also announces the end of this sort of pressing study life. However，I
intend to have a meaningful summer vacation. First, I will learn to drive to get a driving license, which is a new activity for a high school graduate in China. I will have a good rest, enjoying my hobbies. Then I will take some English courses to improve my English communication ability, With the Olympics beginning, I will be a participant of it, watching the basketball match between
China and the US. I have been dreaming of Kobe’s performance long. After that,
I will pay a visit to some tourist attractions to widen my horizon. That is the plan for my vacation. I am looking forward to being told about your arrangements of vacation. Give me your quick reply soon, OK Best wishes!
这是一篇提纲式的议论文写作素材，探讨国计民生的社会热点话题：粮食价格上涨。写作时要注意避免逐句翻译，并适当增加细节以使行文连贯。
Hello, everyone,
Now I’ll tell you something about our research project The World Food
Crisis on behalf of our group. As you know, food shortages have hit many countries in the world and even caused social uest in some areas. But who is responsible for the current world food crisisFirst, annual world grains output has declined because of climate change. Then lots of farmland has been lost due to the rapid development of industry and urbanization. Besides, faced with the rising energy prices, people have turned to the production of biofuels, which has worsened the severe situation.
Then what should we do to deal with the problemOn one hand, we should focus on the environmental protection and improve the ecology. On the
other hand, strict measures should be taken to protect farmland. Of course, to
build a harmonious world the developed countries should take their responsibilities to help the poor ones experiencing food shortage.As for me, I will call on the people around me to live thriftily. And for the
moment, I think, we should study hard to develop science and help solve the food shortage in the future.
英语写作是高考考试要点，下面让我们来看看英语写作基础知识点之句子的知识点归纳！
☆定语和状语（时间、地点等）都属于附加成分，在基本句型中一般都不列出。
☆时态包含于句子中，任何句子都有时态。
It will rain tomorrow.
He often runs in the morning.
They cried.
Tom exercises every day.
I miss my mother very much.
She wants to go home now.
The English club is going to hold an English party.
They all love her.
The music sounds wonderful.
The leaves have turned red.
She is a student.
We keep silent about that.
主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋间接宾语（人）＋直接宾语（物）：S+V+IO+DO
The teacher gave a book to him.=The teacher gave him a book.
They told me an interesting story.
The waitress offered me a bottle of wine.
My father will buy me a bike.=My father will buy a bike for me.
Miss Smith teaches us English.
主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语＋宾语补足语： S+V+O+C
They call me Xiao Wang.
I saw him swimming in the river.
We elected him monitor of the class.
1．In other words，we are the master of our own future.
2．This morning our teacher told us something about the Hope Project in class.
3．A blind man was walking slowly and carefully with a stick in his hand.
4．Should we sacrifice our children’s future for our own interests?
5．Friends made my life full of excitement, imagination and romance.
6. The sun sets in the west.
7. My dictionary is in the bookcase.
8. Rainy days make me sad.
9. Tom often hears his sister singing in the next room.
10. She has not received a letter from her boyfriend for a long time.
11. The woman showed her husband a picture.
12. The student offered a seat to the old man.
13. Mr. Green taught us how to use the Internet.
14. Going to bed early and getting up early is a good habit.
15. He is becoming stronger and stronger.
16. He gave up smoking at last.
17. The plane takes off at 8:30 a.m.
18. All of them laughed.
19. Everybody likes Andy Lau.
英语写作基础语法是怎么样的？各位同学，我们一起看看下面，一起阅读吧！
It will rain tomorrow.
He often runs in the morning.
They cried.
Tom exercises every day.
I miss my mother very much.
She wants to go home now.
The English club is going to hold an English party.
The music sounds wonderful.
The leaves have turned red.
She is a student.
We keep silent about that.
4
主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋间接宾语（人）＋直接宾语（物）：S+V+IO+DO
The teacher gave a book to him.=The teacher gave him a book.
They told me an interesting story.
The waitress offered me a bottle of wine.
My father will buy me a bike.=My father will buy a bike for me.
Miss Smith teaches us English.
5
主语＋谓语(及物动词)＋宾语＋宾语补足语： S+V+O+C
They call me Xiao Wang.
I saw him swimming in the river.
We elected him monitor of the class.
老师会根据课本中的主要教学内容整理成教案课件，需要我们认真写好每一份教案课件。 良好的教案和课件能够促进教学内容的深入学习。我们今天要分享的是一篇关于“高中数学课件”的文章，希望阅读此文可以拓展您的思维！
高中数学教学设计
《等比数列的前n项和（第一课时）》
淮口中学 沈友胜
等比数列的前n项和
（第一课时）
一． 教材分析。
（1）教材的地位与作用：《等比数列的前n项和》选自《普通高中课程标准数学教科书·数学（5）》（人教a版）第二章第5节第一课时,是数列这一章中的一个重要内容，它不仅在现实生活中有着广泛的实际应用，如储蓄、分期付款的有关计算等等，而且公式推导过程中所渗透的类比、化归、分类讨论、整体变换和方程等思想方法，都是学生今后学习和工作中必备的数学素养。
（2）从知识的体系来看：“等比数列的前n项和”是“等差数列及其前n项和”与“等比数列”内容的延续、不仅加深对函数思想的理解，也为以后学数列的求和，数学归纳法等做好铺垫。
二．学情分析。
（1）学生的已有的知识结构：掌握了等差数列的概念，等差数列的通项公式和求和公式与方法，等比数列的概念与通项公式。
（2）教学对象：高二理科班的学生，学习兴趣比较浓,表现欲较强, 逻辑思维能力也初步形成，具有一定的分析问题和解决问题的能力，但由于年龄的原因，思维尽管活跃、敏捷，却缺乏冷静、深刻，因而片面、不够严谨。
（3）从学生的认知角度来看：学生很容易把本节内容与等差数列前n项和从公式的形成、特点等方面进行类比，这是积极因素，应因势
利导。不利因素是：本节公式的推导与等差数列前n项和公式的推导有着本质的不同，这对学生的思维是一个突破，另外，对于q = 1这一特殊情况，学生往往容易忽视，尤其是在后面使用的过程中容易出错。
三．教学目标。
根据教学大纲的要求、本节教材的特点和本班学生的认知规律，本节课的教学目标确定为：
（1）知识技能目标————理解并掌握等比数列前n项和公式的推导过程、公式的特点，在此基础上，并能初步应用公式解决与之有关的问题。
（2）过程与方法目标————通过对公式推导方法的探索与发现，向学生渗透特殊到一般、类比与转化、分类讨论等数学思想，培养学生观察、比较、抽象、概括等逻辑思维能力和逆向思维的能力．
（3）情感，态度与价值观————培养学生勇于探索、敢于创新的精神，从探索中获得成功的体验，感受数学的奇异美、结构的对称美、形式的 简洁美。
四．重点,难点分析。
教学重点：公式的推导、公式的特点和公式的运用。
教学难点：公式的推导方法及公式应用中q与1的关系。
五．教法与学法分析.培养学生学会学习、学会探究是全面发展学生能力的重要前提，是高中新课程改革的主要任务。如何培养学生学会学习、学会探究呢？建构主义认为：“知识不是被动吸收的，而是由认知主体主动建构的。”这个观点从教学的角度来理解就是：知识不是通过教师传授得到的，而是学生在一定的情境中，运用已有的学习经验，并通过与他人（在教师指导和学习伙伴的帮助下）协作，主动建构而获得的，建构主义教学模式强调以学生为中心，视学生为认知的主体，教师只对学生的意义建构起帮助和促进作用。因此，本节课采用了启发式和探究式相结合的教学方法，让老师的主导性和学生的主体性有机结合，使学生能够愉快地自觉学习，通过学生自己观察、分析、探索等步骤，自己发现解决问题的方法，比较论证后得到一般性结论，形成完整的数学模型，再运用所得理论和方法去解决问题。一句话： 还课堂以生命力，还学生以活力。
六．课堂设计
（一）创设情境，提出问题。（时间设定：3分钟）
[利用投影展示] 在古印度，有个名叫西萨的人，发明了国际象棋，当时的印度国王大为赞赏，对他说：我可以满足你的任何要求。西萨说：请给我棋盘的64个方格上，第一格放1粒小麦，第二格放2粒，第三格放4粒，往后每一格都是前一格的两倍，直至第64格。国王令宫廷数学家计算，结果出来后，国王大吃一惊。为什么呢？
[设计这个情境目的是在引入课题的同时激发学生的兴趣，调动学习的积极性．故事内容紧扣本节课的主题与重点]
提出问题1：同学们，你们知道西萨要的是多少粒小麦吗？
2363引导学生写出麦粒总数1?2?2?2???2
（二）师生互动，探究问题[5分钟]
提出问题2：1+2+22+23+??+263究竟等于多少呢?
有学生会说：用计算器来求（老师当然肯定这种做法，但学生很快发现比较难求。）
提出问题3：同学们，我们来分析一下这个和式有什么特征？（学生会发现，后一项都是前一项的2倍）
提出问题4：如果我们把每一项都乘以2，就变成了它的后一项，那么我们若在此等式两边同以2，得到另一式：
[[利用投影展示]
...s64?1?2?2?2???2.........(1)
2s64?2?2?2?2???2234642363.......(2)
比较（1）(2）两式，你有什么发现？（学生经过比较发现：（1）、（2）两式有许多相同的项）
提出问题5
：将两式相减，相同的项就消去了，得到什么呢？。（学
生会发现：s
?2
?1
[这五个问题的设计意图：层层深入，剖析了错位相减法中减的妙用，使学生容易接受为什么要错位相减，经过繁难的计算之苦后，突然发现上述解法，也让学生感受到这种方法的神奇] 这时，老师向同学们介绍错位相减法，并
提出问题6：同学们反思一下我们错位相减法求此题的过程，为什 么（1）式两边要同乘以2呢？
[这个问题的设计意图:让学生对错位相减法有一个深刻的认识，也为探究等比数列求和公式的推导做好铺垫]
（三）类比联想，解决问题。[时间设定：10分钟] 提出问题7：设等比数列?a?的首项为a
n
,公比为q,求它的前项和sn
即 sn?a1?a2?a3???a
n
学生开展合作学习,讨论交流，老师巡视课
堂，发现有典型解法的，叫同学板书在黑板上。
[设计意图：从特殊到一般,从模仿到创新,有利于学生的知识迁移和
能力提高，让学生在探索过程中，充分感受到成功的情感体验]
（四）分析比较，开拓思维。[时间设定：5分钟]
种方法：
可能也有同学会想到由等比定理得
sn?a1?a2?a3???an?a2a1
?a3a2
???
anan?1
?q
?
a2?a3???ana1?a2???an?1
sn?a1sn?an
?q
?q
即
?(1?q)sn?a1?anq??
【设计意图：共享学习成果，开拓了思维，感受数学的奇异美】（五）．归纳提炼，构建新知。[时间设定：3分钟]
提出问题8:由(1-q)sn=a1-a1qn得sn=于1？等比数列中的公比能不能为1？q
a1-a1q1-q
n
对不对？这里的q能不能等
？
?1时是什么数列？此时sn?
【设计意图：通过反问精讲，一方面使学生加深对知识的认识，完善知识结构，增强思维的严谨性】
．
提出问题9:等比数列的前n项和公式怎样?
n
?a1(1?q)?a1?anq
,q?1,q?1??
1?q?sn??学生归纳出sn??1?q
??na1,q?1?na1,q?1?
【设计意图：向学生渗透分类讨论数学思想，加深对公式特征的了解】
（六）层层深入，掌握新知。[时间设定：15分钟]
基础练习1已知?an?是等比数列,公比为q(1)若a1=
23,q=
,则sn?
(2).则a1?2,q?1,则sn?练习2 判断是非
(1).1-2+4-8+16-?+?-2??
n
n
1?(1?2)1?(?2)
n
n
(2).1?2?2?2???2?(3).a?a?a???a?
1?(1?2)1?2
a(1?a)1?a
【设计意图：通过两道简单题来剖析公式中的基本量．进行正反两方面的“短、浅、快” 练习．通过总结、辨析和反思，强化公式的结构特征．】
例1 已知数列?an?是等比数列,完成下表
【设计意图：渗透方程思想.通过公式的正用和逆用进一步提高学生运用知识的能力.掌握公式中”知三求二”的题型】 练习3：求等比数列1,1,11 变式
1、等比数列11,11 变式
2、等比数列***
, ???前
8项和；
6364
, ???前多少项的和是；
, ???求第5项到第10项的和；
23n
???a,?求前2n项中所有偶数项的和。变式
3、等比数列a,a,a，（先由学生独立求解，然后抽学生板演，教师巡视、指导，讲评学生
完成情况，寻找学生中的闪光点，给予热情表扬。)
【设计意图：变式训练,深化认识，增加思维的梯度的同时，提高学生的模式识别能力，渗透转化思想】．
练习4 有一位大学生毕业后到一家私营企业去工作，试用期过后，老板对这位大学生很欣赏，有意留下他，就让这位大学生提出待遇方面的要求，这位学生提出了两种方案让老板选择，其一：工作一年，月薪五千元；其二：工作一年，第一个月的工资为20元，以后每个月的工资是上月工资的2倍，此时，老板不假思索就选择了第二种方案，于是他们之间就订了一个劳动待遇合同。请你分析一下，老板的选择是否正确？
【设计意图：让学生进一步认识到数学来源于生活并应用于生活，生活中处处有数学．】
（七）总结归纳，加深理解。[时间设定：2分钟]
（1）等比数列的求和公式是什么？应用时要注意什么？（2）用什么方法可以推导了等比数列的求和公式？
【设计意图：形成知识模块，从知识的归纳延伸到思想方法的提炼，优化学生的认知结构】
（八）课后作业，巩固提高。[时间设定：1分钟] 必做：（1）p66练习1
研究性作业：请上网查阅“芝诺悖论” 选做：求和：1?2?2?2
?3?2?4?2???n?2
34n
【设计意图：为了使所有学生巩固所学知识，布置了“必做题”；“选做题”又为学有余力者留有自由发展的空间，布置了“探究题”以利
于学生开展研究性学习，拓展学生的视野．】
七、教学反思：
本节课立足课本，着力挖掘，设计合理，层次分明。充分体现以学生发展为本，培养学生的观察、概括和探究能力，遵循学生的认知规律，体现理论联系实际、循序渐进和因材施教的教学原则，通过问题情境的创设，激发兴趣，使学生在问题解决的探索过程中，由学会走向会学，由被动答题走向主动探究。在教学思想上既注重知识形成过程的教学，还特别突出学生学习方法的指导，探究能力的训练，引导学生发现数学的美，体验求知的乐趣。
2008.11.
教学目标
（1）理解四种命题的概念；
（2）理解四种命题之间的相互关系，能由原命题写出其他三种形式；
（3）理解一个命题的真假与其他三个命题真假间的关系；
（4）初步掌握反证法的概念及反证法证题的基本步骤；
（5）通过对四种命题之间关系的学习，培养学生逻辑推理能力；
（6）通过对四种命题的存在性和相对性的认识，进行辩证唯物主义观点教育；
（7）培养学生用反证法简单推理的技能，从而发展学生的思维能力。
教学重点和难点
重点：四种命题之间的关系；
难点：反证法的运用。
教学过程设计
一、导入新课
【练习】
1、把下列命题改写成“若p则q”的形式：
（1）同位角相等，两直线平行；
（2）正方形的四条边相等。
2、什么叫互逆命题？上述命题的逆命题是什么？
将命题写成“若p则q”的形式，关键是找到命题的条件p与q结论。
如果第一个命题的条件是第二个命题的结论，且第一个命题的结论是第二个命题的条件，那么这两个命题叫做互道命题。
上述命题的道命题是“若一个四边形的四条边相等，则它是正方形”和“若两条直线平行，则同位角相等”。
值得指出的是原命题和逆命题是相对的。我们也可以把逆命题当成原命题，去求它的逆命题。
3、原命题真，逆命题一定真吗？
“同位角相等，两直线平行”这个原命题真，逆命题也真。但“正方形的四条边相等”的原命题真，逆命题就不真，所以原命题真，逆命题不一定真。
学生活动：
口答：
（1）若同位角相等，则两直线平行；
（2）若一个四边形是正方形，则它的四条边相等。
设计意图：
通过复习旧知识，打下学习否命题、逆否命题的基础。
二、新课
【设问】命题“同位角相等，两条直线平行”除了能构成它的逆命题外，是否还可以构成其它形式的命题？
【讲述】可以将原命题的条件和结论分别否定，构成“同位角不相等，则两直线不平行”，这个命题叫原命题的否命题。
【提问】你能由原命题“正方形的四条边相等”构成它的否命题吗？
学生活动：
口答：若一个四边形不是正方形，则它的四条边不相等。
教师活动：
【讲述】一个命题的条件和结论分别是另一个命题的条件的否定和结论的否定，这样的两个命题叫做互否命题。把其中一个命题叫做原命题，另一个命题叫做原命题的否命题。
若用p和q分别表示原命题的条件和结论，用┐p和┐q分别表示p和q的否定。
【板书】原命题：若p则q；
否命题：若┐p则q┐。
【提问】原命题真，否命题一定真吗？举例说明？
学生活动：
讲论后回答：
原命题“同位角相等，两直线平行”真，它的否命题“同位角不相等，两直线不平行”不真。
原命题“正方形的四条边相等”真，它的否命题“若一个四边形不是正方形，则它的四条边不相等”不真。
由此可以得原命题真，它的否命题不一定真。
设计意图：
通过设问和讨论，让学生在自己举例中研究如何由原命题构成否命题及判断它们的`真假，调动学生学习的积极性。
教师活动：
【提问】命题“同位角相等，两条直线平行”除了能构成它的逆命题和否命题外，还可以不可以构成别的命题？
学生活动：
讨论后回答
【总结】可以将这个命题的条件和结论互换后再分别将新的条件和结论分别否定构成命题“两条直线不平行，则同位角不相等”，这个命题叫原命题的逆否命题。
教师活动：
【提问】原命题“正方形的四条边相等”的逆否命题是什么？
学生活动：
口答：若一个四边形的四条边不相等，则不是正方形。
教师活动：
【讲述】一个命题的条件和结论分别是另一个命题的结论的否定和条件的否定，这样的两个命题叫做互为逆否命题。把其中一个命题叫做原命题，另一个命题就叫做原命题的逆否命题。
原命题是“若p则q”，则逆否命题为“若┐q则┐p。
【提问】“两条直线不平行，则同位角不相等”是否真？“若一个四边形的四条边不相等，则不是正方形”是否真？若原命题真，逆否命题是否也真？
学生活动：
讨论后回答
这两个逆否命题都真。
原命题真，逆否命题也真。
教师活动：
【提问】原命题的真假与其他三种命题的真
假有什么关系？举例加以说明？
【总结】
1、原命题为真，它的逆命题不一定为真。
2、原命题为真，它的否命题不一定为真。
3、原命题为真，它的逆否命题一定为真。
设计意图：
通过设问和讨论，让学生在自己举例中研究如何由原命题构成逆否命题及判断它们的真假，调动学生学的积极性。
教师活动总结。
PF2|2.P为等轴双曲线x2y2a2上一点， F1、F2为两焦点，O为双曲线的中心，求的|PO|取值范围。
3.在抛物线y22px上有一点A(4，m)，A点到抛物线的焦点F的距离为5，求抛物线的方程和点A的坐标。
4.(1)已知点F是椭圆1的右焦点，M是这椭圆上的动点，A(2，2)是一个定点，求|MA|+|MF|的最小值。
x2y211(2)已知A(,3)为一定点，F为双曲线1的右焦点，M在双曲线右支上移动，当|AM平面bcd。
变式一：空间四边形abcd中，e、f、g、h分别是边ab、bc、cd、da中点，连结ef、fg、gh、he、ac、bd请分别找出图中满足线面平行位置关系的所有情况。(共6组线面平行)
变式二：在变式一的图中如作pq？ef，使p点在线段ae上、q点在线段fc上，连结ph、qg，并继续探究图中所具有的线面平行位置关系？(在变式一的基础上增加了4组线面平行)，并判断四边形efgh、pqgh分别是怎样的四边形，说明理由。
[设计意图：设计二个变式训练，目的是通过问题探究、讨论，思辨，及时巩固定理，运用定理，培养学生的识图能力与逻辑推理能力。]例2：如图，在正方体abcd—a1b1c1d1中，e、f分别是棱bc与c1d1中点，求证：ef
数列-数学教案
教学目标
1．使学生理解数列的概念，了解数列通项公式的意义，了解递推公式是给出数列的一种方法，并能根据递推公式写出数列的前几项．
（1）理解数列是按一定顺序排成的一列数，其每一项是由其项数唯一确定的．
（2）了解数列的各种表示方法，理解通项公式是数列第 项 与项数 的关系式，能根据通项公式写出数列的前几项，并能根据给出的一个数列的前几项写出该数列的一个通项公式．
（3）已知一个数列的递推公式及前若干项，便确定了数列，能用代入法写出数列的前几项．
2．通过对一列数的观察、归纳，写出符合条件的一个通项公式，培养学生的观察能力和抽象概括能力．
3．通过由 求 的过程，培养学生严谨的科学态度及良好的思维习惯．
教学建议
（1）为激发学生学习数列的兴趣，体会数列知识在实际生活中的作用，可由实际问题引入，从中抽象出数列要研究的问题，使学生对所要研究的内容心中有数，如书中所给的例子，还有物品堆放个数的计算等．
（2）数列中蕴含的函数思想是研究数列的指导思想，应及早引导学生发现数列与函数的关系．在教学中强调数列的项是按一定顺序排列的，“次序”便是函数的自变量，相同的数组成的数列，次序不同则就是不同的数列．函数表示法有列表法、图象法、解析式法，类似地，数列就有列举法、图示法、通项公式法．由于数列的自变量为正整数，于是就有可能相邻的两项（或几项）有关系，从而数列就有其特殊的表示法——递推公式法．
（3）由数列的通项公式写出数列的前几项是简单的代入法，教师应精心设计例题，使这一例题为写通项公式作一些准备，尤其是对程度差的学生，应多举几个例子，让学生观察归纳通项公式与各项的结构关系，尽量为写通项公式提供帮助．
（4）由数列的前几项写出数列的一个通项公式使学生学习中的一个难点，要帮助学生分析各项中的结构特征（整式，分式，递增，递减，摆动等），由学生归纳一些规律性的结论，如正负相间用 来调整等．如果学生一时不能写出通项公式，可让学生依据前几项的规律，猜想该数列的下一项或下几项的值，以便寻求项与项数的关系．
（5）对每个数列都有求和问题，所以在本节课应补充数列前 项和的概念，用 表示 的问题是重点问题，可先提出一个具体问题让学生分析 与 的关系，再由特殊到一般，研究其一般规律，并给出严格的推理证明（强调 的表达式是分段的）；之后再到特殊问题的解决，举例时要兼顾结果可合并及不可合并的情况．
（6）给出一些简单数列的通项公式，可以求其最大项或最小项，又是函数思想与方法的体现，对程度好的学生应提出这一问题，学生运用函数知识是可以解决的．
教学设计示例
数列的概念
教学目标
1．通过教学使学生理解数列的概念，了解数列的表示法，能够根据通项公式写出数列的项．
2．通过数列定义的归纳概括，初步培养学生的观察、抽象概括能力；渗透函数思想．
3．通过有关数列实际应用的介绍，激发学生学习研究数列的积极性．
教学重点，难点
教学重点是数列的定义的归纳与认识；教学难点是数列与函数的联系与区别．
教学用具：电脑，/>课件（媒体资料），投影仪，幻灯片
教学方法：讲授法为主
教学过程
一．揭示课题
今天开始我们研究一个新课题．
先举一个生活中的例子：场地上堆放了一些圆钢，最底下的一层有100根，在其上一层（称作第二层）码放了99根，第三层码放了98根，依此类推，问：最多可放多少层？第57层有多少根？从第1层到第57层一共有多少根？我们不能满足于一层层的去数，而是要但求如何去研究，找出一般规律．实际上我们要研究的是这样的一列数
（板书）象这样排好队的数就是我们的研究对象——数列．
（板书）第三章 数列
（一）数列的概念
二．讲解新课
要研究数列先要知道何为数列，即先要给数列下定义，为帮助同学概括出数列的定义，再给出几列数：
（幻灯片）①
自然数排成一列数：
②
3个1排成一列：
③
无数个1排成一列：
④的不足近似值，分别近似到 排列起来：
⑤
正整数 的倒数排成一列数：
⑥
函数 当 依次取 时得到一列数：
⑦
函数 当 依次取 时得到一列数：
⑧
请学生观察8列数，说明每列数就是一个数列，数列中的每个数都有自己的特定的位置，这样数列就是按一定顺序排成的一列数．
（板书）1．数列的定义：按一定次序排成的一列数叫做数列．
为表述方便给出几个名称：项，项数，首项（以幻灯片的形式给出）．以上述八个数列为例，让学生练指出某一个数列的首项是多少，第二项是多少，指出某一个数列的一些项的项数．
由此可以看出，给定一个数列，应能够指明第一项是多少，第二项是多少，??，每一项都是确定的，即指明项数，对应的项就确定．所以数列中的每一项与其项数有着对应关系，这与我们学过的函数有密切关系．
（板书）2．数列与函数的关系
数列可以看作特殊的函数，项数是其自变量，项是项数所对应的函数值，数列的定义域是正整数集，或是正整数集 的有限子集 ．
于是我们研究数列就可借用函数的研究方法，用函数的观点看待数列．
遇到数学概念不单要下定义，还要给其数学表示，以便研究与交流，下面探讨数列的表示法．
（板书）3．数列的表示法
数列可看作特殊的函数，其表示也应与函数的表示法有联系，首先请学生回忆函数的表示法：列表法，图象法，解析式法．相对于列表法表示一个函数，数列有这样的表示法：用 表示第一项，用 表示第一项，??，用 表示第 项，依次写出成为
（板书）（1）列举法
．（如幻灯片上的例子）简记为 ．
一个函数的直观形式是其图象，我们也可用图形表示一个数列，把它称作图示法．
（板书）（2）图示法
启发学生仿照函数图象的画法画数列的图形．具体方法是以项数 为横坐标，相应的项 为纵坐标，即以 为坐标在平面直角坐标系中做出点（以前面提到的数列 为例，做出一个数列的图象），所得的数列的图形是一群孤立的点，因为横坐标为正整数，所以这些点都在 轴的右侧，而点的个数取决于数列的项数．从图象中可以直观地看到数列的项随项数由小到大变化而变化的趋势．
有些函数可以用解析式来表示，解析式反映了一个函数的函数值与自变量之间的数量关系，类似地有一些数列的项能用其项数的函数式表示出来，即，这个函数式叫做数列的通项公式．
（板书）（3）通项公式法
如数列 的通项公式为 ；的通项公式为 ；的通项公式为 ；
数列的通项公式具有双重身份，它表示了数列的第 项，又是这个数列中所有各项的一般表示．通项公式反映了一个数列项与项数的函数关系，给了数列的通项公式，这个数列便确定了，代入项数就可求出数列的每一项．
高中数学《等差数列》试讲答辩
为帮助各位考生备战教师资格面试，中公教师网整理了各学科教师资格面试试讲答辩语音示范，以下是高中数学《等差数列》试讲答辩，希望对各位考生有所帮助!【面试备课纸】
3.基本要求： （1）要有板书；（2）试讲十分钟左右；（3）条理清晰，重点突出；
（4）学生掌握等差数列的特点与性质。【教学设计】
一、教学目标 【知识与技能】能够复述等差数列的概念，能够学会等差数列的通项公式的推导过程及蕴含的数学思想。
【过程与方法】在领会函数与数列关系的前提下，把研究函数的方法迁移来研究数列，提高知识、方法迁移能力；通过阶梯性练习，提高分析问题和解决问题的能力。
【情感态度与价值观】通过对等差数列的研究，具备主动探索、勇于发现的求知精神；养成细心观察、认真分析、善于总结的良好思维习惯。
二、教学重难点 【教学重点】
等差数列的概念、等差数列的通项公式的推导过程及应用。【教学难点】
等差数列通项公式的推导。
三、教学过程 环节一：导入新课 教师PPT展示几道题目：
1.我们经常这样数数，从0开始，每隔5一个数，可以得到数列：0，5，15，20，25 2.小明目前会100个单词，他她打算从今天起不再背单词了，结果不知不觉地每天忘掉2个单词，那么在今后的五天内他的单词量逐日依次递减为：100，98，96，94，92。
年，在澳大利亚悉尼举行的奥运会上，女子举重正式列为比赛项目，该项目共设置了7个级别，其中交情的4个级别体重组成数列（单位：kg）：48，53，58，63。
教师提问学生这几组数有什么特点？学生回答从第二项开始，每一项与前一项的差都等于一个常数，教师引出等差数列。
环节二：探索新知 1.等差数列的概念
学生阅读教材，同桌讨论，类比等比数列总结出等差数列的概念
如果一个数列，从第二项开始它的每一项与前一项之差都等于同一常数，这个数列就叫等差数列,这个常数叫做等差数列的公差，通常用字母d来表示。
问题1：等差数列的概念中，我们应该注意哪些细节呢？
环节三：课堂练习
抢答：下列数列是否为等差数列？（1）1，2，4，6，8，10，12，……（2）0，1，2，3，4，5，6，……（3）3，3，3，3，3，3，3，……（4）-8，-6，-4，-2，0，2，4，……（5）3,0，-3，-6，-9，…… 环节四：小结作业
小结：1.等差数列的概念及数学表达式。
关键字：从第二项开始它的每一项与前一项之差都等于同一常数。
作业：现实生活中还有哪些等差数列的实际应用呢？根据实际问题自己编写两道等差数列的题目并进行求解。
前言
为了更好地贯彻落实和科课程标准有关要求，促进广大教师学习现代教学理论，进一步激发广大教师课堂教学的创新意识，切实转变教学观念，积极探索新课程理念下的教与学，有效解决教学实践中存在的问题，促进课堂教学质量的全面提高，在公正的原则，经过认真的评审，全部作品均评出了相应的奖项；专家组还为获得一、二等奖的作品撰写了点评。本稿收录的作品全部是参加此次福建省教学设计竞赛获奖作者的文章。按照征文的规则，我们对入选作品的格式作了一些修饰，并经过适当的整合，以飨读者。
在此还需要说明的是，为了方便阅读，获奖文章的排序原则，并非按照获奖名次的前后顺序，而是按照高中数学新课程必修1—5的内容顺序，进行编排的。部分体现大纲教材内容的文章则排在后面。
不管你获得的是哪个级别的奖项,你们都可以有成就感,因为那是你们用心、用汗浇灌出的果实,它记录了你们奉献于数学教育事业的心路历程.书中每一篇的教学设计都耐人寻味,都能带给我们许多遐想和启迪.你们是优秀的,在你们未来悠远的职业里程中,只要努力,将有更多的辉煌在等待着大家。谢谢你们!
1、集合与函数概念实习作业
一、教学内容分析
《普通高中课程标准实验教科书·数学（第整理资料信息的过程中，对函数的概念有更深刻的理解；感受新的学习方式带给他们的学习数学的乐趣。
二、学生学习情况分析
该内容在《普通高中课程标准实验教科书·数学（第，选题时，各组之间尽量不要重复，尽量多地选不同的题目，可以让所有的学生在学习共享的过程中受到更多的数学文化的熏陶。
三、设计思想
《标准》强调数学文化的重要作用，体现数学的文化的价值。数学教育不仅应该帮助学生学习和掌握数学知识和技能，还应该有助于学生了解数学的价值。让学生逐步了解数学的思想方法、理性精神，体会数学家的创新精神，以及数学文明的深刻内涵。
四、教学目标
发展的历史以及在这个过程中起重大作用的历史事件和人物；
2．体验合作学习的方式，通过合作学习品尝分享获得知识的快乐；
社会实践技能和民主价值观。
五、教学重点和难点
重点：了解函数在数学中的核心地位，以及在生活里的广泛应用；
难点：培养学生合作交流的能力以及收集和处理信息的能力。
六、教学过程设计
【课堂准备】
1．分组：4～6人为一个实习小组，确定一人为组长。教师需要做好协调工作，确保每位学生都参加。
2．选题：根据个人兴趣初步确定实习作业的题目。教师应该到各组中去了解选题情况，尽量多地选择不同的题目。
教学目标
1.了解映射的概念，象与原象的概念，和一一映射的概念.
(1)明确映射是特殊的对应即由集合 ，集合 和对应法则f三者构成的一个整体，知道映射的特殊之处在于必须是多对一和一对一的对应;
(2)能准确使用数学符号表示映射， 把握映射与一一映射的区别;
(3)会求给定映射的指定元素的象与原象，了解求象与原象的方法.
2.在概念形成过程中，培养学生的观察，比较和归纳的能力.
3.通过映射概念的学习，逐步提高学生对知识的探究能力.
教材分析
(1)知识结构
映射是一种特殊的对应，一一映射又是一种特殊的映射，而且函数也是特殊的映射，它们之间的关系可以通过下图表示出来，如图：
由此我们可从集合的包含关系中帮助我们把握相关概念间的区别与联系.
(2)重点，难点分析
本节的教学重点和难点是映射和一一映射概念的形成与认识.
①映射的概念是比较抽象的概念，它是在初中所学对应的基础上发展而来.教学中应特别强调对应集合 中的唯一这点要求的理解;
映射是学生在初中所学的对应的基础上学习的，对应本身就是由三部分构成的整体，包括集 合A和集合B及对应法则f，由于法则的不同，对应可分为一对一，多对一，一对多和多对多. 其中只有一对一和多对一的能构成映射，由此可以看到映射必是“对B中之唯一”，而只要是对应就必须保证让A中之任一与B中元素相对应，所以满足一对一和多对一的对应就能体现出“任一对唯一”.
②而一一映射又在映射的基础上增加新的要求，决定了它在学习中是比较困难的.
教法建议
牐牐1)在映射概念引入时，可先从学生熟悉的对应入手， 选择一些具体的生活例子，然后再举一些数学例子，分为一对多、多对一、多对一、一对一四种情况，让学生认真观察，比较，再引导学生发现其中一对一和多对一的对应是映射，逐步归纳概括出映射的基本特征，让学生的认识从感性认识到理性认识.
(2)在刚开始学习映射时，为了能让学生看清映射的构成，可以选择用图形表示映射，在集合的选择上可选择能用列举法表示的有限集，法则尽量用语言描述，这样的表示方法让学生可以比较直观的认识映射，而后再选择用抽象的数学符号表示映射，比如：__
这种表示方法比较简明，抽象，且能看到三者之间的关系.除此之外，映射的一般表示方法为 ，从这个符号中也能看到映射是由三部分构成的整体，这对后面认识函数是三件事构成的整体是非常有帮助的.
(3)对于学生层次较高的学校可以在给出定义后让学生根据自己的理解举出映射的例子，教师也给出一些映射的例子，让学生从中发现映射的特点，并用自己的语言描述出来，最后教师加以概括，再从中引出一一映射概念;对于学生层次较低的学校，则可以由教师给出一些例子让学生观察，教师引导学生发现映射的特点，一起概括.最后再让学生举例，并逐步增加要求向一一映射靠拢， 引出一一映射概念.
(4)关于求象和原象的问题，应在计算的过程中总结方法，特别是求原象的方法是解方程或方程组，还可以通过方程组解的不同情况(有唯一解，无解或有无数解)加深对映射的认识.
(5)在教学方法上可以采用启发，讨论的形式，让学生在实例中去观察，比较，启发学生寻找共性，共同讨论映射的特点，共同举例，计算，最后进行小结，教师要起到点拨和深化的作用.
高三数学的学习方法为范文网的会员投稿推荐，但愿对你的学习工作带来帮助。
现在高三的学生已经开始进入一轮复习了，虽然大家已经进入了复习，但是可能还有的学生在某科上面有不足的地方，例如高中数学。下面给大家分享一些关于高三数学的学习方法，希望对大家有所帮助。
高三数学的学习方法1.制定学习计划
到了高三，数学基础差的同学只有一年的时间来弥补。所以你要明白这一年的时间里，你的数学要达到什么样的目标。比如你现在的数学成绩是60分(150满计算)，经过一年的努力你想达到什么样的成绩，以此作为依据来分配好自己的学习计划。
2.懂得舍弃
在高三一年的时间里，你不可能将全部的数学知识都完全掌握，所以这个时候你就要懂得舍弃，要做到抓大放小。根据考试大纲，把重心放在基础题目上和分数多的题目上，像是难题和压轴题就可以适当的选择放弃。
3.学习数学要有越挫越勇的精神
在提升数学成绩的过程中，暂时看不到进步是很正常的事情。这个时候一定不要泄气，要相信在高考之前，你只要努力就不会晚。对于试卷中出现的问题要科学分析，也可以找老师或同学帮自己分析，快速解决，不要把时间浪费在“丧失信心的没状态中”。
高三数学学习注意事项2、想要学好高中数学的学生，一定要在做题和学习的过程中不断的总结，只要积累了一定量的知识，才能从量变的过程蜕变到质变，这样对于学生来说，才能更有效率的提高自己的成绩。
3、想要学好数学的学生，同样需要会合理的安排自己的作息时间和学习时间，以及自己的学习计划。
给自己规定的白天的任务一定要在白天完成，不要拖到回家，这样会耽误你晚上的时间，而晚上学习的效率一般多少不怎么高的。提高数学成绩的技巧是什么一、课内重视听讲，课后及时复习
接受一种新的数学知识，主要实在课堂上进行的，所以要重视课堂上的学习效率，找到适合自己数学的学习方法，上课时要跟住老师的思路，积极思考。数学下课之后要及时复习，遇到不懂的地方要及时去问，在做作业的时候，先把老师课堂上讲解的内容回想一遍，还要牢牢的掌握公式及推理过程，尽量不要去翻书。尽量自己思考，不要急于翻看答案。还要经常性的总结和复习，把知识点结合起来，变成自己的知识体系。
二、多做题，养成良好的解题习惯
要想学好数学，大量做题是必可避免的，熟练地掌握各种题型，这样才能有效的提高数学成绩。刚开始做题的时候先以书上习题为主，答好基础，然后逐渐增加难度，开拓思路，练习各种类型的解题思路，对于容易出现错误的题型，应该记录下来，反复加以联系。在做题的时候应该养成良好的解题习惯，集中注意力，这样才能进入最佳的状态，形成习惯，这样在考试的时候才能运用自如。
自我感觉这节课的亮点有以下几个方面：
⒈ 在新知识的引入及过渡语的设计方面：
⑴.由熟知的两点确定一条直线，去掉一个点后，提出问题：“过一点能确定一条直线吗?”通过与学生共同画图，借助于《几何画板》的展示，直观的看出，过一点可以作出无数条直线，一点不能确定一条直线。那么，紧接引导学生思考“这些直线的区别在哪?什么地方不同?”，学生通过图片很自然地看出直线的倾斜程度不同，从而引入描述直线倾斜程度的概念——直线的倾斜角;
⑵.由初中学过的坡角、坡度的概念以及坡度与坡角之间的关系引入直线斜率的概念;
⑶.引导学生思考由两点既然可以确定一条直线，直线定了，这条直线的倾斜角就定了，如果直线斜率存在，那么直线的斜率就定了，那么是否能通过直线上任意两点计算出这条直线的斜率呢?并设置练习，已知给定直线上两点坐标求直线斜率，在练习过程中自主发现直线上两点的坐标与直线的斜率之间的关系而引入直线斜率的计算公式。
⒉ 在细节处理方面：注重新知识与旧就知识的联系，注重概念的透彻理解，注重细节的强调。如对倾斜角为 的直线的斜率不存在性的本质理解，它不是规定的，而是由于 的正切值是不存的;在斜率存在的情况下，斜率的正负可以推导出倾斜角的取值范围，概念的易错点，都做了细致的分析，并在课件上通过展示给了更直观的讲解;在习题的设置方面，符合学生的认知规律，由特殊到一般，由浅入深。
⒊ 注重数形结合的思想：数形结合，使概念更直观、易懂，能够更好的理解直线的倾斜角的概念，斜率的概念，以及倾斜角为 的直线的斜率不存在等，数形结合的思想贯穿整个教学过程。
⒋ 注重归纳小结，注重和学生互动，关注学生学习状态，
尽管准备的很充分，但并没有达到预期的效果，主要存在以下几个方面的不足，需要不断努力改进：
1 对学生的个别关注度还不够，还需加强。
2.时间安排不当。在“斜率存在性的探讨和在斜率存在的情况下，斜率的正负可以推导出倾斜角的取值范围的探讨”过程中时间过长，以至于后面讲解直线的斜率公式的推导和例题讲解的时间严重不足和拖堂的遗憾。
3. 教学语言还需要不断锤炼。数学这一门严谨的学科决定了老师的语言必须精确到位，不能含糊其辞，因为它对学生的逻辑思维起着潜移默化的影响。由于紧张，课堂中出现了说反了的现象。这些细节方面都需要严格把关，平时要反复琢磨。因为说到底，教师是要靠语言艺术去感染学生的。
4. 板书需要提高。教师的魅力不仅仅是借助口头语言展示出来，摆在学生面前的板书也是重要的一环。优秀的教师，粉笔字潇洒大方，作图时一气呵成，让学生赏心悦目，叹为观止。
教育人生的精彩源于课堂，新课改也对教师提出了越来越高的要求。现在提倡让学生积极参与到课堂活动中来;同时老师要做有效课堂的引导者，不断优化教学策略，体现良好的示范作用。因此我必须不断学习，不断改进和超越自己，赢得学生的喜爱和认可。
一、内容与解析
(一)内容：对数函数的概念与图象
(二)解析：本节课要学的内容是什么是对数函数，对数函数的图象形状及画法,其核心是对数函数的图象画法,理解它关键就是要理解掌握对数函数的图象特点.学生已经掌握了指数函数的图象画法及特点，函数图象的一般画法,本节课的'内容就是在此基础上的发展.由于它是研究对数函数性质的依据,是本学科的核心内容.的重点是对数函数的图象特点与画法,解决重点的关键是利用函数图象的一般画法画出具体对数函数的图象，从而归纳出对数函数的图象特点，再根据图象特点确定对数函数的一般画法。
二、目标及解析
(一)教学目标:
1，理解对数函数的概念;掌握对数函数的图象的特点及画法。
2，通过具体实例，直观感受对数函数模型所刻画的数量关系;通过具体的函数图象的画法逐步认识对数函数的特征;
3，培养学生运用类比方法探索研究数学问题的素养，提高学生分析问题、解决问题的能力。
(二)解析:
1，理解对数函数的概念是来源于实践的，能从函数概念的角度阐述其意义;掌握对数函数的图象和性质，做到能画草图，能分析图象，能从图象观察得出对数函数的单调性、值域、定点等;了解同底指数函数和对数函数互为反函数，能说出它们的图象之间的关系，知道它们的定义域和值域之间的关系，了解反函数带有逆运算的意味;
2，通过具体的实例，归纳得出一般的函数图象特征，并能够通过图象特征得到相应的函数特征，培养学生的作图、识图的能力和归纳总结能力;
3，类比指数函数的图象和性质的研究方法，来研究对数函数，让学生认识到研究问题的方法上的一般性;同时，让学生认识到类比这一数学思想，即对相似的问题可以借鉴之前问题的研究方法来研究，有助于提高学生分析问题、解决问题的能力。
三、问题诊断分析
本节课容易出现的问题是：对数函数的图象特点的探究容易出现图象不对、归纳不全、有所偏差等情形。出现这一问题的原因是：学生作图能力、识图能力、归纳能力不强。要解决这一问题，教师要通过让学生类比指数函数图象和性质的探究，时时回过头看看之前是怎么做的，考虑了哪些问题，得到了哪些结论，让学生类比自主探究，必要时给予适当引导，让学生自主的得出结论，对于出错的地方要让学生讨论，教师做出适当的评价并最终给出结论。
作为曲线内容学习的开始，“曲线与方程”这一小节思想性较强，约需三课时，第一课时介绍曲线与方程的概念;第二课时讲曲线方程的求法;第三课时侧重对所求方程的检验.
主要内容有：解析几何与坐标法;求曲线方程的方法(直译法)、步骤及例题探求.
曲线和方程，既是直线与方程的自然延伸，又是圆锥曲线学习的必备，是后面平面曲线学习的理论基础，是解几中承上启下的关键章节.
“曲线”与“方程”是点的轨迹的两种表现形式.“曲线”是轨迹的几何形式，“方程”是轨迹的代数形式;求曲线方程是用方程研究曲线的先导，是解析几何所要解决的两大类问题的首要问题.体现了坐标法的本质——代数化处理几何问题，是数形结合的典范.
求曲线方程实质上就是求曲线上任意一点(x,y)横纵坐标间的等量关系，但曲线轨迹常无法事先预知类型，通过多媒体演示可以生动展现运动变化特点，但如何获得曲线的方程呢?通过创设情景，激发学生兴趣，充分发挥其主体地位的作用，学习过程具有较强的探究性.
同时，本课内容又为后面的轨迹探求提供方法的准备，并且以后还会继续完善轨迹方程的求解方法.
曲线的方程是解析几何的核心.求曲线方程的过程类似于数学建模的过程，它贯穿于解析几何的始终，通过本课例题与变式，要总结规律，掌握方法，为后面圆锥曲线等的轨迹探求提供示范.
解析几何的发明是变量数学的第一个里程碑，也是近代数学崛起的两大标志之一，是较为完整和典型的重大数学创新史例.解析几何创始人特别是笛卡儿的事迹和精神——对科学真理和方法的追求、质疑的科学精神等都是富有启发性和激励性的教育材料.可以根据学生实际情况，条件允许时指导学生课后收集相关资料，通过分析、整理，写出研究报告.
我所授课班级的学生数学基础比较好，思维活跃，在刚刚学习了“曲线的方程和方程的曲线”后，学生对这种必须同时具备纯粹性和完备性的概念有了初步的认识，对用代数方法研究几何问题的科学性、准确性和优越性等已有了初步了解，对具体(平面)图形与方程间能否对应、怎样对应的学习已经有了自然的求知欲望.
理解坐标法的作用及意义.
掌握求曲线方程的一般方法和步骤，能根据所给条件，选择适当坐标系求曲线方程.
通过学生积极参与，亲身经历曲线方程的获得过程，体验坐标法在处理几何问题中的优越性，渗透数形结合的数学思想.
通过自主探索、合作交流，学生历经从“特殊——一般——特殊”的认知模式，完善认知结构.
通过层层深入，培养学生发散思维的能力，深化对求曲线方程本质的理解.
通过合作学习，学生间、师生间的相互交流，感受探索的乐趣与成功的喜悦，体会数学的理性与严谨，逐步养成质疑的科学精神.
展现人文数学精神，体现数学文化价值及其在在社会进步、人类文明发展中的重要作用.
依据：求曲线方程是解几研究的两大类问题之一，既是重点也是难点，是高考解答题取材的源泉.主要包括两种类型求曲线的方程：一是已知曲线形状时常用待定系数法;二是动点轨迹方程探求，本课的重点主要是探索动点的曲线方程.
曲线与方程是贯穿平面解几的知识，是解析几何的核心.求曲线方程是几何问题得以代数研究的先决，求曲线方程的过程类似数学建模的过程，是课堂上必须突破的难点.
遵循以学生为主体，教师为主导，发展为主旨的现代教育原则，以问题的提出、问题的解决为主线，始终在学生知识的“最近发展区”设置问题，通过学生主动探索、积极参与、共同交流与协作，在教师的引导和合作下，学生“跳一跳”就能摘得果实，于问题的分析和解决中实现知识的建构和发展，通过不断探究、发现，让学习过程成为心灵愉悦的主动认知过程，使师生的生命活力在课堂上得到充分的发挥.
由于学生在尝试问题解决的过程中常会在新旧知识联系、策略选择、思想方法运用等方面遇到一定的困难，需要教师指导.作为学生活动的组织者、引导者、参与者，教师要帮助学生重温与问题解决有关的旧知，给予学生思考的时间和表达的机会，共同对(解题)过程进行反思等，在师生(生生)互动中，给予学生启发和鼓励，在心理上、认知上予以帮助.
这样，在学法上确立的教法，能帮助学生更好地获得完整的认知结构，使学生思维、能力等得到和谐发展.
3.设计理念：
求曲线方程就是将曲线上点的几何表示形式转化为代数表示形式。在这转化过程中，学生通过积极参与、勇于探索的学习方式，让学生的学习过程成为教师指导下的再创造，这也正是建构主义理论的本质要求;遵循学生认知规律，尊重学生个体差异，立足教材，通过对例题的再创造，体现理论联系实际、循序渐进和因材施教的教学原则，让不同层次的学生得到不同层度的发展;通过激发兴趣，强调自主探索与合作交流，让学生逐步地从学会走向会学，由被动走向主动，由课堂走向社会，为学生的终身学习和终身发展奠定良好的基础，也是当前新课程所追求的基本理念.
根据本课教学内容几何特性外化的特点，抓住形成轨迹的动点具备的几何条件，运用坐标化的手段及等价转化与数形结合的思想方法，突破难点，突出重点.本课的教学设计思路是：
创设情景——从感性的轨迹(图形)认识，到解决生活上的实例，激发学生的求知欲望，抓住学生迫切一试的认知心理，自然引入坐标法的意义及曲线方程的求法.
例题探求——例题一体现知识的承前启后.通过例题一的呈现，学生借助已有的知识经验，自主探求获得问题的求解，在教师的引导下，让学生感受求曲线方程的含义及求解步骤;例题二及变式解决建系难点，建系的开放性，对学生是一种挑战，也是一种创造;两个例题由浅入深，循序渐进，体现因材施教.至此，学生已能初步了解求曲线方程的一般方法和步骤了.
归纳步骤——学生亲身经历求曲线方程的过程，让学生归纳(用自己的语言)、表述求解的步骤，体现从“特殊——一般”认知规律，逐步实现教学目标.
变式练习——通过对例题的变式，由学生求解、回答变式后的含义，深化对认知结构的理解，初步体会数学的理性与严谨，逐步养成质疑与反思的习惯.
反馈练习——利用学生探索而发展来的认知水平，运用获得的知识解决情景创设中的实际问题，一方面可以考察学生运用所学数学知识解决实际问题的意识和能力;另一方面是学生思维的自然顺应，自然释放，是“一般——特殊”的过程.全面完成教学目标.
(1)理解函数的概念;。
(2)了解区间的概念;。
2、目标解析。
(2)了解区间的概念就是指能够体会用区间表示数集的意义和作用;。
【问题诊断分析】在本节课的教学中，学生可能遇到的问题是函数的概念及符号的理解，产生这一问题的原因是：函数本身就是一个抽象的概念，对学生来说一个难点。要解决这一问题，就要在通过从实际问题中抽象概况函数的概念，培养学生的抽象概况能力，其中关键是理论联系实际，把抽象转化为具体。
【教学过程】。
问题1：一枚炮弹发射后，经过26s落到地面击中目标.炮弹的射高为845m，且炮弹距离地面的高度h(单位：m)随时间t(单位：s)变化的规律是：h=130t-5t2.
1.1这里的变量t的变化范围是什么?变量h的变化范围是什么?试用集合表示?
1.2高度变量h与时间变量t之间的对应关系是否为函数?若是，其自变量是什么?
设计意图：通过以上问题，让学生正确理解让学生体会用解析式或图象刻画两个变量之间的依赖关系，从问题的实际意义可知，在t的变化范围内任给一个t，按照给定的对应关系，都有的一个高度h与之对应。
问题2：分析教科书中的实例(2)，引导学生看图并启发：在t的变化t按照给定的图象，都有的一个臭氧层空洞面积s与之相对应。
问题3：要求学生仿照实例(1)、(2)，描述实例(3)中恩格尔系数和时间的关系。
设计意图：通过这些问题，让学生理解得到函数的定义，培养学生的归纳、概况的能力。
目的：要求学生掌握向量的意义、表示方法以及有关概念，并能作一个向量与已知向量相等，根据图形判定向量是否平行、共线、相等。
1. 意义：既有大小又有方向的量叫向量。例：力、速度、加速度、冲量等
数量只有大小，是一个代数量，可以进行代数运算、比较大小;
向量有方向，大小，双重性，不能比较大小。
2?从19世纪末到20世纪初，向量就成为一套优良通性的数学体系，用以研究空间性质。
4. 两个特殊的向量：
1?零向量——长度(模)为0的向量，记作 。 的方向是任意的。
2?单位向量——长度(模)为1个单位长度的向量叫做单位向量。
例：有几个单位向量?单位向量的大小是否相等?单位向量是否都相等?
答：有无数个单位向量，单位向量大小相等，单位向量不一定相等。
三、 向量间的关系：
任两相等的非零向量都可用一有向线段表示，与起点无关。
教学建议
1.教材分析
本节是在前两节的基础上，从实际运算的客观需要出发，引出最简二次根式的概念，然后通过一组例题介绍了化简二次根式的方法.本小节内容比较少(求学生了解最简二次根式的概念并掌握化简二次根式的方法)，但是本节知识在全章中却起着承上启下的重要枢纽作用，二次根式性质的应用、二次根式的化简以及二次根式的运算都需要最简二次根式来联接.
(1)知识结构
(2)重难点分析
①本节的重点
Ⅰ.最简二次根式概念
Ⅱ.利用二次根式的性质把二次根式化简为最简二次根式.
重点分析
本章的主要内容是二次根式的性质和运算，但自始至终围绕着二次根式的化简和运算.二次根式化简的最终目标就是最简二次根式;而二次根式的`运算则是合并同类二次根式，怎样判定同类二次根式，是在化简为最简二次根式的基础上进行的因此本节以二次根式的概念和二次根式的性质为基础，内容虽然简单，在本章中却起着穿针引线的作用，教师在教学中应给于极度重视，不可因为内容简单而采取弱化处理;同时初二学生代数成绩的分化一般是由本节开始的，分化的根本原因就是对最简二次根式概念理解不够深刻，遇到相关问题不知怎样操作，具体操作到哪一步.
②本节的难点是化简二次根式的方法与技巧.
难点分析
化简二次根式，实际上是二次根式性质的综合运用.化简二次根式的过程，一般按以下步骤：把根号下的带分数或绝对值大于1的小数化成假分数，把绝对值小于1的小数化成分数;被开方数是多项式的要因式分解;使被开放数不含分母;将被开方数中能开的尽方的因数或因式用它的算术平方根代替后移到根号外面;化去分母中的根号;约分.所以对初学者来说，这一过程容易出现符号和计算出错的问题.熟练掌握化简二次根式的方法与技巧，能够进一步开拓学生的解题思路，提高学生的解题能力.
③重难点的解决办法是对于最简二次根式这一概念，并不要求学生能否背出定义，关键是遇到实际式子能够加以判断.因此建议在教学过程 中对概念本身采取弱化处理，让学生在反复练习中熟悉这个概念;同时教学中应充分对最简二次根式概念理解后应用具体的实例归纳总结出把一个二次根式化为最简二次根式的方法，在观察对比中引导学生总结具体解决问题的方法技巧.
另外，化简运算在本节既是重点也是难点，学生在简洁性和准确性上都容易出现问题，因此建议在教学过程 中多要求学生观察二次根式的特点――根据其特点分析运用哪条性质、哪种方法来解答，培养学生的分析能力和观察能力――多要求学生注意每步运算的根据，培养学生的严谨习惯.
2.教法建议
素质教育和新的教改精神的根本是增强学生学习的自主性和学生的参与意识，使每一个学生想学、爱学、会学。因此教师设计教学时要充分考虑到学生心理特点和思维特点，充分发挥情感因素，使学生完全参与到整个教学中来。
⑴在复习引入时要注意每个学生的反映，对预备知识掌握比较好的学生要用适当的方式给于表扬，掌握差一些的学生要给予鼓励和适当的指导，使每一个学生愉快的进入下一个环节。
⑵学生自主学习时段，教师要注意学生的反馈情况，根据学生的反馈情况和学生的层次采取适当的方式对需要帮助的学生给予帮助，中上等的学生可以启发，中等的学生可以与他探讨，偏后的学生可以帮他分析.
税收——国家为实现其职能，凭借政治权力，依法无偿取得财政收入的基本形式。
2、税收的基本特征。
(1)税收具有强制性、无偿性、固定性三个基本特征。
税收强制性——是指税收是依靠国家的政治权力而强制征收的。
税收的无偿性——是指国家取得的税收收入，既不需要返还给纳税人，也不需要对纳税人付出任何代价。
税收的固定性——是指在征税之前就通过法律形式，预先规定了征税对象和征收数额之间的比例关系，不经过国家批准不能随意改变。
(2)税收的三个基本特征是紧密相连的。
首先，税收的无偿性要求它具有强制性。
其次，税收的强制性和无偿性又决定了它必须具有固定性。
总之，税收的强制性、固定性、无偿性，三者缺一不可，统一于税法。
(3)税收的三个基本特征，是税收区别于其他财政收入形式的主要标志。
3、违反税法的表现和处理。
(1)偷税：是纳税人有意违反税法规定，用欺骗、隐瞒等方式逃避纳税的行为。
(2)欠税：是纳税人超过税务机关核定的期限，没有按时缴纳而拖欠税款的行为。
(3)骗税：是纳税人用欺骗手段获得国家税收优惠的行为。
(4)抗税：是纳税人抗拒税法规定的违法行为。
教学目标1、使学生了解奇偶性的概念，回会利用定义判定简单函数的奇偶性。2、在奇偶性概念形成过程中，培养学生的观察，归纳能力，同时渗透数形结合和非凡到一般的思想方法。3、在学生感受数学美的同时，激发学习的爱好，培养学生乐于求索的精神。教学重点，难点重点是奇偶性概念的形成与函数奇偶性的判定难点是对概念的熟悉教学用具投影仪，计算机教学方法引导发现法教学过程一、引入新课前面我们已经研究了函数的单调性，它是反映函数在某一个区间上函数值随自变量变化而变化的性质，今天我们继续研究函数的另一个性质。从什么角度呢？将从对称的角度来研究函数的性质。对称我们大家都很熟悉，在生活中有很多对称，在数学中也能发现很多对称的问题，大家回忆一下在我们所学的内容中，非凡是函数中有没有对称问题呢？（学生可能会举出一些数值上的对称问题，等，也可能会举出一些图象的对称问题，此时教师可以引导学生把函数具体化，如和等。）结合图象提出这些对称是我们在初中研究的关于轴对称和关于原点对称问题，而我们还曾研究过关于轴对称的问题，你们举的例子中还没有这样的，能举出一个函数图象关于轴对称的吗？学生经过思考，能找出原因，由于函数是映射，一个只能对一个，而不能有两个不同的，故函数的图象不可能关于轴对称。最终提出我们今天将重点研究图象关于轴对称和关于原点对称的问题，从形的特征中找出它们在数值上的规律。二、讲解新课2、函数的奇偶性（板书）教师从刚才的图象中选出，用计算机打出，指出这是关于轴对称的图象，然后问学生初中是怎样判定图象关于轴对称呢？（由学生回答，是利用图象的翻折后重合来判定）此时教师明确提出研究方向：今天我们将从数值角度研究图象的这种特征体现在自变量与函数值之间有何规律？学生开始可能只会用语言去描述：自变量互为相反数，函数值相等。教师可引导学生先把它们具体化，再用数学符号表示。（借助课件演示令比较得出等式，再令，得到，详见课件的使用）进而再提出会不会在定义域内存在，使与不等呢？（可用课件帮助演示让动起来观察，发现结论，这样的是不存在的）从这个结论中就可以发现对定义域内任意一个，都有成立。最后让学生用完整的语言给出定义，不准确的地方教师予以提示或调整。。（1）偶函数的定义：假如对于函数的定义域内任意一个，都有，那么就叫做偶函数。（板书）（给出定义后可让学生举几个例子，如等以检验一下对概念的初步熟悉）提出新问题：函数图象关于原点对称，它的自变量与函数值之间的数值规律是什么呢？（同时打出或的图象让学生观察研究）学生可类比刚才的方法，很快得出结论，再让学生给出奇函数的定义。（2）奇函数的定义：假如对于函数的定义域内任意一个，都有，那么就叫做奇函数。（板书）（由于在定义形成时已经有了一定的熟悉，故可以先作判定，在判定中再加深熟悉）例1、判定下列函数的奇偶性（板书）（1）；（2）；（3）；；（5）；（6）。（要求学生口答，选出12个题说过程）解：（1）是奇函数（2）是偶函数（3）是偶函数前三个题做完，教师做一次小结，判定奇偶性，只需验证与之间的关系，但对你们的回答我不满足，因为题目要求是判定奇偶性而你们只回答了一半，另一半没有作答，以第（1）为例，说明怎样解决它不是偶函数的问题呢？学生经过思考可以解决问题，指出只要举出一个反例说明与不等。如即可说明它不是偶函数。（从这个问题的解决中让学生再次熟悉到定义中任意性的重要）从（4）题开始，学生的答案会有不同，可以让学生先讨论，教师再做评述。即第（4）题中表面成立的=不能经受任意性的考验，当时，由于，故不存在，更谈不上与相等了，由于任意性被破坏，所以它不能是奇偶性。教师由此引导学生，通过刚才这个题目，你发现在判定中需要注重些什么？（若学生发现不了定义域的特征，教师可再从定义启发，在定义域中有1，就必有1，有2，就必有2，有，就必有，有就必有，从而发现定义域应关于原点对称，再提出定义域关于原点对称是函数具有奇偶性的什么条件？可以用（6）辅助说明充分性不成立，用（5）说明必要性成立，得出结论。（3）定义域关于原点对称是函数具有奇偶性的必要但不充分条件。（板书）由学生小结判定奇偶性的步骤之后，教师再提出新的问题：在刚才的几个函数中有是奇函数不是偶函数，有是偶函数不是奇函数，也有既不是奇函数也不是偶函数，那么有没有这样的函数，它既是奇函数也是偶函数呢？若有，举例说明。经学生思考，可找到函数。然后继续提问：是不是具备这样性质的函数的解析式都只能写成这样呢？能证实吗？例2、已知函数既是奇函数也是偶函数，求证：。（板书）（试由学生来完成）证实：既是奇函数也是偶函数，证后，教师请学生记住结论的同时，追问这样的函数应有多少个呢？学生开始可能认为只有一个，经教师提示可发现，只是解析式的特征，若改变函数的定义域，如，，，，它们显然是不同的函数，但它们都是既是奇函数也是偶函数。由上可知函数按其是否具有奇偶性可分为四类（4）函数按其是否具有奇偶性可分为四类：（板书）例3、判定下列函数的奇偶性（板书）（1）；（2）；（3）。由学生回答，不完整之处教师补充。解：（1）当时，为奇函数，当时，既不是奇函数也不是偶函数。（2）当时，既是奇函数也是偶函数，当时，是偶函数。（3）当时，于是，当时，，于是=，综上是奇函数。教师小结（1）（2）注重分类讨论的使用，（3）是分段函数，当检验，并不能说明具备奇偶性，因为奇偶性是对函数整个定义域内性质的刻画，因此必须均有成立，二者缺一不可。三、 小结1、奇偶性的概念2、判定中注重的问题四、作业略五、板书设计2、函数的奇偶性例1、例3。（1）偶函数定义（2）奇函数定义（3）定义域关于原点对称是函数例2。小结具备奇偶性的必要条件（4）函数按奇偶性分类分四类探究活动（1）定义域为的任意函数都可以表示成一个奇函数和一个偶函数的和，你能试证实之吗？（2）判定函数在上的单调性，并加以证实。在此基础上试利用这个函数的单调性解决下面的问题：
（1）函数单调性的概念。包括增函数、减函数的定义，单调区间的概念函数的单调性的判定方法，函数单调性与函数图像的关系。
（2）函数奇偶性的概念。包括奇函数、偶函数的定义，函数奇偶性的判定方法，奇函数、偶函数的图像。
二、重点难点分析。
（1）本节教学的重点是函数的单调性，奇偶性概念的形成与熟悉。教学的难点是领悟函数单调性，奇偶性的本质，把握单调性的证实。
（2）函数的单调性这一性质学生在初中所学函数中曾经了解过，但只是从图象上直观观察图象的上升与下降，而现在要求把它上升到理论的高度，用准确的数学语言去刻画它。这种由形到数的翻译，从直观到抽象的转变对高一的学生来说是比较困难的，因此要在概念的形成上重点下功夫。单调性的证实是学生在函数内容中首次接触到的代数论证内容，学生在代数论证推理方面的能力是比较弱的，许多学生甚至还搞不清什么是代数证实，也没有意识到它的重要性，所以单调性的证实自然就是教学中的难点。
三、教法建议。
（1）函数单调性概念引入时，可以先从学生熟悉的一次函数，，二次函数。反比例函数图象出发，回忆图象的增减性，从这点感性熟悉出发，通过问题逐步向抽象的定义靠拢。如可以设计这样的问题：图象怎么就升上去了？可以从点的坐标的角度，也可以从自变量与函数值的关系的角度来解释，引导学生发现自变量与函数值的的变化规律，再把这种规律用数学语言表示出来。在这个过程中对一些关键的词语（某个区间，任意，都有）的理解与必要性的熟悉就可以融入其中，将概念的形成与熟悉结合起来。
（2）函数单调性证实的步骤是严格规定的，要让学生按照步骤去做，就必须让他们明确每一步的必要性，每一步的目的，非凡是在第三步变形时，让学生明确变换的目标，到什么程度就可以断号，在例题的选择上应有不同的变换目标为选题的标准，以便帮助学生总结规律。
函数的奇偶性概念引入时，可设计一个课件，以的图象为例，让自变量互为相反数，观察对应的函数值的变化规律，先从具体数值开始，逐渐让在数轴上动起来，观察任意性，再让学生把看到的用数学表达式写出来。经历了这样的过程，再得到等式时，就比较轻易体会它代表的是无数多个等式，是个恒等式。关于定义域关于原点对称的问题，也可借助课件将函数图象进行多次改动，帮助学生发现定义域的对称性，同时还可以借助图象（如）说明定义域关于原点对称只是函数具备奇偶性的必要条件而不是充分条件。
教学准备
教学目标
1、数学知识：掌握等比数列的概念，通项公式，及其有关性质;
2、数学能力：通过等差数列和等比数列的类比学习，培养学生类比归纳的能力;
归纳——猜想——证明的数学研究方法;
3、数学思想：培养学生分类讨论，函数的数学思想。
教学重难点
重点：等比数列的概念及其通项公式，如何通过类比利用等差数列学习等比数列;
难点：等比数列的性质的探索过程。
教学过程
教学过程：
1、问题引入：
前面我们已经研究了一类特殊的数列——等差数列。
问题1：满足什么条件的数列是等差数列?如何确定一个等差数列?
(学生口述，并投影)：如果一个数列从第2项起，每一项与它的前一项的差等于同一个常数，那么这个数列就叫做等差数列。
要想确定一个等差数列，只要知道它的首项a1和公差d。
已知等差数列的首项a1和d，那么等差数列的通项公式为：(板书)an=a1+(n-1)d。
师：事实上，等差数列的关键是一个“差”字，即如果一个数列，从第2项起，每一项与它前一项的差等于同一个常数，那么这个数列就叫做等差数列。
(第一次类比)类似的，我们提出这样一个问题。
问题2：如果一个数列，从第2项起，每一项与它的前一项的……等于同一个常数，那么这个数列叫做……数列。
(这里以填空的形式引导学生发挥自己的想法，对于“和”与“积”的情况，可以利用具体的例子予以说明：如果一个数列，从第2项起，每一项与它的前一项的“和”(或“积”)等于同一个常数的话，这个数列是一个各项重复出现的“周期数列”，而与等差数列最相似的是“比”为同一个常数的情况。而这个数列就是我们今天要研究的等比数列了。)
2、新课：
1)等比数列的定义：如果一个数列从第2项起，每一项与它的前一项的比等于同一个常数，那么这个数列就叫做等比数列。这个常数叫做公比。
师：这就牵涉到等比数列的通项公式问题，回忆一下等差数列的通项公式是怎样得到的?类似于等差数列，要想确定一个等比数列的通项公式，要知道什么?
师生共同简要回顾等差数列的通项公式推导的方法：累加法和迭代法。
公式的推导：(师生共同完成)
若设等比数列的公比为q和首项为a1，则有：
方法一：(累乘法)
3)等比数列的性质：
下面我们一起来研究一下等比数列的性质
通过上面的研究，我们发现等比数列和等差数列之间似乎有着相似的地方，这为我们研究等比数列的性质提供了一条思路：我们可以利用等差数列的性质，通过类比得到等比数列的性质。
问题4：如果{an}是一个等差数列，它有哪些性质?
(根据学生实际情况，可引导学生通过具体例子，寻找规律，如：
3、例题巩固：
例1、一个等比数列的第二项是2，第三项与第四项的和是12，求它的第八项的值。__
答案：1458或128。
例2、正项等比数列{an}中，a6·a15+a9·a12=30，则log15a1a2a3…a20=_10____.
例3、已知一个等差数列：2，4，6，8，10，12，14，16，……，2n，……，能否在这个数列中取出一些项组成一个新的数列{cn}，使得{cn}是一个公比为2的等比数列，若能请指出{cn}中的第k项是等差数列中的第几项?
(本题为开放题，没有的答案，如对于{cn}：2，4，8，16，……，2n，……，则ck=2k=2×2k-1，所以{cn}中的第k项是等差数列中的第2k-1项。关键是对通项公式的理解)
1、小结：
今天我们主要学习了有关等比数列的概念、通项公式、以及它的性质，通过今天的学习
我们不仅学到了关于等比数列的有关知识，更重要的是我们学会了由类比——猜想——证明的科学思维的过程。
2、作业：
P129：1，2，3
思考题：在等差数列：2，4，6，8，10，12，14，16，……，2n，……，中取出一些项：6，12，24，48，……，组成一个新的数列{cn}，{cn}是一个公比为2的等比数列，请指出{cn}中的第k项是等差数列中的第几项?
开创更加美好未来作文 06-19
商场招商工作月总结 06-19
交通安全作文 06-19
情人节推荐 06-19
小学教师应聘自我评价 小学教师自我评价 06-19
各自安好的文案 各自安好的朋友圈说说 06-19
毕业生自我评价 06-19
